Complete Parameter List


This is a complete list of the parameters which can be set via the MAVLink protocol in the EEPROM of your autopilot to control vehicle behaviour. This list is automatically generated from the latest ardupilot source code, and so may contain parameters which are not yet in the stable released versions of the code.

[toc exclude="Complete Parameter List"]

ArduSub Parameters

Depth reading at surface (ArduSub:SURFACE_DEPTH)

The depth the external pressure sensor will read when the vehicle is considered at the surface (in centimeters)

Eeprom format version number (ArduSub:FORMAT_VERSION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This value is incremented when changes are made to the eeprom format

MAVLink system ID of this vehicle (ArduSub:SYSID_THISMAV)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows setting an individual MAVLink system id for this vehicle to distinguish it from others on the same network

My ground station number (ArduSub:SYSID_MYGCS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows restricting radio overrides to only come from my ground station

Throttle filter cutoff (ArduSub:PILOT_THR_FILT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Throttle filter cutoff (Hz) - active whenever altitude control is inactive - 0 to disable

GCS PID tuning mask (ArduSub:GCS_PID_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bitmask of PIDs to send MAVLink PID_TUNING messages for

Ground Station Failsafe Enable (ArduSub:FS_GCS_ENABLE)

Controls what action to take when GCS heartbeat is lost.

Leak Failsafe Enable (ArduSub:FS_LEAK_ENABLE)

Controls what action to take if a leak is detected.

Internal Pressure Failsafe Enable (ArduSub:FS_PRESS_ENABLE)

Controls what action to take if internal pressure exceeds FS_PRESS_MAX parameter.

Internal Temperature Failsafe Enable (ArduSub:FS_TEMP_ENABLE)

Controls what action to take if internal temperature exceeds FS_TEMP_MAX parameter.

Internal Pressure Failsafe Threshold (ArduSub:FS_PRESS_MAX)

The maximum internal pressure allowed before triggering failsafe. Failsafe action is determined by FS_PRESS_ENABLE parameter

Internal Temperature Failsafe Threshold (ArduSub:FS_TEMP_MAX)

The maximum internal temperature allowed before triggering failsafe. Failsafe action is determined by FS_TEMP_ENABLE parameter.

Terrain Failsafe Enable (ArduSub:FS_TERRAIN_ENAB)

Controls what action to take if terrain information is lost during AUTO mode

Pilot input failsafe action (ArduSub:FS_PILOT_INPUT)

Controls what action to take if no pilot input has been received after the timeout period specified by the FS_PILOT_TIMEOUT parameter

Timeout for activation of pilot input failsafe (ArduSub:FS_PILOT_TIMEOUT)

Controls the maximum interval between received pilot inputs before the failsafe action is triggered

Crosstrack correction angle limit (ArduSub:XTRACK_ANG_LIM)

Maximum allowed angle (in degrees) between current track and desired heading during waypoint navigation

Yaw behaviour during missions (ArduSub:WP_YAW_BEHAVIOR)

Determines how the autopilot controls the yaw during missions and RTL

Pilot maximum vertical ascending speed (ArduSub:PILOT_SPEED_UP)

The maximum vertical ascending velocity the pilot may request in cm/s

Pilot maximum vertical descending speed (ArduSub:PILOT_SPEED_DN)

The maximum vertical descending velocity the pilot may request in cm/s

Pilot vertical acceleration (ArduSub:PILOT_ACCEL_Z)

The vertical acceleration used when pilot is controlling the altitude

Throttle deadzone (ArduSub:THR_DZ)

The PWM deadzone in microseconds above and below mid throttle. Used in AltHold, Loiter, PosHold flight modes

Log bitmask (ArduSub:LOG_BITMASK)

4 byte bitmap of log types to enable

Angle Max (ArduSub:ANGLE_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum lean angle in all flight modes

EKF Failsafe Action (ArduSub:FS_EKF_ACTION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls the action that will be taken when an EKF failsafe is invoked

EKF failsafe variance threshold (ArduSub:FS_EKF_THRESH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows setting the maximum acceptable compass and velocity variance

Crash check enable (ArduSub:FS_CRASH_CHECK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This enables automatic crash checking. When enabled the motors will disarm if a crash is detected.

Default gain at boot (ArduSub:JS_GAIN_DEFAULT)

Default gain at boot, must be in range [JS_GAIN_MIN , JS_GAIN_MAX]. Current gain value is accessible via NAMED_VALUE_FLOAT MAVLink message with name 'PilotGain'.

Maximum joystick gain (ArduSub:JS_GAIN_MAX)

Maximum joystick gain

Minimum joystick gain (ArduSub:JS_GAIN_MIN)

Minimum joystick gain

Gain steps (ArduSub:JS_GAIN_STEPS)

Controls the number of steps between minimum and maximum joystick gain when the gain is adjusted using buttons. Set to 1 to always use JS_GAIN_DEFAULT.

Lights brightness steps (ArduSub:JS_LIGHTS_STEPS)

Number of steps in brightness between minimum and maximum brightness

Throttle gain scalar (ArduSub:JS_THR_GAIN)

Scalar for gain on the throttle channel. Gets scaled with the current JS gain

Frame configuration (ArduSub:FRAME_CONFIG)

Set this parameter according to your vehicle/motor configuration

ESC Update Speed (ArduSub:RC_SPEED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the speed in Hertz that your ESCs will receive updates

Acro Roll and Pitch P gain (ArduSub:ACRO_RP_P)

Converts pilot roll and pitch into a desired rate of rotation in ACRO and SPORT mode. Higher values mean faster rate of rotation.

Acro Yaw P gain (ArduSub:ACRO_YAW_P)

Converts pilot yaw input into a desired rate of rotation. Higher values mean faster rate of rotation.

Acro Balance Roll (ArduSub:ACRO_BAL_ROLL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

rate at which roll angle returns to level in acro mode. A higher value causes the vehicle to return to level faster.

Acro Balance Pitch (ArduSub:ACRO_BAL_PITCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

rate at which pitch angle returns to level in acro mode. A higher value causes the vehicle to return to level faster.

Acro Trainer (ArduSub:ACRO_TRAINER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Type of trainer used in acro mode

Acro Expo (ArduSub:ACRO_EXPO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Acro roll/pitch Expo to allow faster rotation when stick at edges

Rangefinder signal quality minimum (ArduSub:RNGFND_SQ_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum signal quality for good rangefinder readings

SURFTRAK minimum depth (ArduSub:SURFTRAK_DEPTH)

Minimum depth to engage SURFTRAK mode

Backup latitude for EKF origin (ArduSub:ORIGIN_LAT)

Backup EKF origin latitude used when not using a positioning system.

Backup longitude for EKF origin (ArduSub:ORIGIN_LON)

Backup EKF origin longitude used when not using a positioning system.

Backup altitude (MSL) for EKF origin (ArduSub:ORIGIN_ALT)

Backup EKF origin altitude (MSL) used when not using a positioning system.

Lua Script Parameters

Deadreckoning Enable (DR_ENABLE)

Deadreckoning Enable

Deadreckoning Enable Distance (DR_ENABLE_DIST)

Distance from home (in meters) beyond which the dead reckoning will be enabled

Deadreckoning GPS speed accuracy maximum threshold (DR_GPS_SACC_MAX)

GPS speed accuracy maximum, above which deadreckoning home will begin (default is 0.8). Lower values trigger with good GPS quality, higher values will allow poorer GPS before triggering. Set to 0 to disable use of GPS speed accuracy

Deadreckoning GPS satellite count min threshold (DR_GPS_SAT_MIN)

GPS satellite count threshold below which deadreckoning home will begin (default is 6). Higher values trigger with good GPS quality, Lower values trigger with worse GPS quality. Set to 0 to disable use of GPS satellite count

Deadreckoning GPS check trigger seconds (DR_GPS_TRIGG_SEC)

GPS checks must fail for this many seconds before dead reckoning will be triggered

Deadreckoning Lean Angle (DR_FLY_ANGLE)

lean angle (in degrees) during deadreckoning

Deadreckoning Altitude Min (DR_FLY_ALT_MIN)

Copter will fly at at least this altitude (in meters) above home during deadreckoning

Deadreckoning flight timeout (DR_FLY_TIMEOUT)

Copter will attempt to switch to NEXT_MODE after this many seconds of deadreckoning. If it cannot switch modes it will continue in Guided_NoGPS. Set to 0 to disable timeout

Deadreckoning Next Mode (DR_NEXT_MODE)

Copter switch to this mode after GPS recovers or DR_FLY_TIMEOUT has elapsed. Default is 6/RTL. Set to -1 to return to mode used before deadreckoning was triggered

Mount POI distance max (POI_DIST_MAX)

POI's max distance (in meters) from the vehicle

Count of SOC estimators (BATT_SOC_COUNT)

Number of battery SOC estimators

Battery estimator index (BATT_SOC1_IDX)

Battery estimator index

Battery estimator cell count (BATT_SOC1_NCELL)

Battery estimator cell count

Battery estimator coefficient1 (BATT_SOC1_C1)

Battery estimator coefficient1

Battery estimator coefficient2 (BATT_SOC1_C2)

Battery estimator coefficient2

Battery estimator coefficient3 (BATT_SOC1_C3)

Battery estimator coefficient3

Battery estimator index (BATT_SOC2_IDX)

Battery estimator index

Battery estimator cell count (BATT_SOC2_NCELL)

Battery estimator cell count

Battery estimator coefficient1 (BATT_SOC2_C1)

Battery estimator coefficient1

Battery estimator coefficient2 (BATT_SOC2_C2)

Battery estimator coefficient2

Battery estimator coefficient3 (BATT_SOC2_C3)

Battery estimator coefficient3

Battery estimator index (BATT_SOC3_IDX)

Battery estimator index

Battery estimator cell count (BATT_SOC3_NCELL)

Battery estimator cell count

Battery estimator coefficient1 (BATT_SOC3_C1)

Battery estimator coefficient1

Battery estimator coefficient2 (BATT_SOC3_C2)

Battery estimator coefficient2

Battery estimator coefficient3 (BATT_SOC3_C3)

Battery estimator coefficient3

Battery estimator index (BATT_SOC4_IDX)

Battery estimator index

Battery estimator cell count (BATT_SOC4_NCELL)

Battery estimator cell count

Battery estimator coefficient1 (BATT_SOC4_C1)

Battery estimator coefficient1

Battery estimator coefficient2 (BATT_SOC4_C2)

Battery estimator coefficient2

Battery estimator coefficient3 (BATT_SOC4_C3)

Battery estimator coefficient3

Quicktune enable (QUIK_ENABLE)

Enable quicktune system

Quicktune axes (QUIK_AXES)

axes to tune

Quicktune doubling time (QUIK_DOUBLE_TIME)

Time to double a tuning parameter. Raise this for a slower tune.

Quicktune gain margin (QUIK_GAIN_MARGIN)

Reduction in gain after oscillation detected. Raise this number to get a more conservative tune

Quicktune oscillation rate threshold (QUIK_OSC_SMAX)

Threshold for oscillation detection. A lower value will lead to a more conservative tune.

Quicktune Yaw P max (QUIK_YAW_P_MAX)

Maximum value for yaw P gain

Quicktune Yaw D max (QUIK_YAW_D_MAX)

Maximum value for yaw D gain

Quicktune roll/pitch PI ratio (QUIK_RP_PI_RATIO)

Ratio between P and I gains for roll and pitch. Raise this to get a lower I gain

Quicktune Yaw PI ratio (QUIK_Y_PI_RATIO)

Ratio between P and I gains for yaw. Raise this to get a lower I gain

Quicktune auto filter enable (QUIK_AUTO_FILTER)

When enabled the PID filter settings are automatically set based on INS_GYRO_FILTER

Quicktune auto save (QUIK_AUTO_SAVE)

Number of seconds after completion of tune to auto-save. This is useful when using a 2 position switch for quicktune

Quicktune RC function (QUIK_RC_FUNC)

RCn_OPTION number to use to control tuning stop/start/save

Quicktune maximum gain reduction (QUIK_MAX_REDUCE)

This controls how much quicktune is allowed to lower gains from the original gains. If the vehicle already has a reasonable tune and is not oscillating then you can set this to zero to prevent gain reductions. The default of 20% is reasonable for most vehicles. Using a maximum gain reduction lowers the chance of an angle P oscillation happening if quicktune gets a false positive oscillation at a low gain, which can result in very low rate gains and a dangerous angle P oscillation.

Quicktune options (QUIK_OPTIONS)

Additional options. When the Two Position Switch option is enabled then a high switch position will start the tune, low will disable the tune. you should also set a QUIK_AUTO_SAVE time so that you will be able to save the tune.

Ship landing enable (SHIP_ENABLE)

Enable ship landing system

Ship landing angle (SHIP_LAND_ANGLE)

Angle from the stern of the ship for landing approach. Use this to ensure that on a go-around that ship superstructure and cables are avoided. A value of zero means to approach from the rear of the ship. A value of 90 means the landing will approach from the port (left) side of the ship. A value of -90 will mean approaching from the starboard (right) side of the ship. A value of 180 will approach from the bow of the ship. This parameter is combined with the sign of the RTL_RADIUS parameter to determine the holdoff pattern. If RTL_RADIUS is positive then a clockwise loiter is performed, if RTL_RADIUS is negative then a counter-clockwise loiter is used.

Ship automatic offset trigger (SHIP_AUTO_OFS)

Settings this parameter to one triggers an automatic follow offset calculation based on current position of the vehicle and the landing target. NOTE: This parameter will auto-reset to zero once the offset has been calculated.

enable web server (WEB_ENABLE)

enable web server

web server TCP port (WEB_BIND_PORT)

web server TCP port

web server debugging (WEB_DEBUG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

web server debugging

web server block size (WEB_BLOCK_SIZE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

web server block size for download

web server timeout (WEB_TIMEOUT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

timeout for inactive connections

web server minimum file size for sendfile (WEB_SENDFILE_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

sendfile is an offloading mechanism for faster file download. If this is non-zero and the file is larger than this size then sendfile will be used for file download

parameter reversion enable (PREV_ENABLE)

Enable parameter reversion system

param reversion RC function (PREV_RC_FUNC)

RCn_OPTION number to used to trigger parameter reversion

Force enable High Latency mode (RCK_FORCEHL)

Automatically enables High Latency mode if not already enabled

Update rate (RCK_PERIOD)

When in High Latency mode, send Rockblock updates every N seconds

Display Rockblock debugging text (RCK_DEBUG)

Sends Rockblock debug text to GCS via statustexts

Enable Message transmission (RCK_ENABLE)

Enables the Rockblock sending and recieving

Rover Quicktune enable (RTUN_ENABLE)

Enable quicktune system

Rover Quicktune axes (RTUN_AXES)

axes to tune

Rover Quicktune Steering Rate FeedForward ratio (RTUN_STR_FFRATIO)

Ratio between measured response and FF gain. Raise this to get a higher FF gain

Rover Quicktune Steering FF to P ratio (RTUN_STR_P_RATIO)

Ratio between steering FF and P gains. Raise this to get a higher P gain, 0 to leave P unchanged

Rover Quicktune Steering FF to I ratio (RTUN_STR_I_RATIO)

Ratio between steering FF and I gains. Raise this to get a higher I gain, 0 to leave I unchanged

Rover Quicktune Speed FeedForward (equivalent) ratio (RTUN_SPD_FFRATIO)

Ratio between measured response and CRUISE_THROTTLE value. Raise this to get a higher CRUISE_THROTTLE value

Rover Quicktune Speed FF to P ratio (RTUN_SPD_P_RATIO)

Ratio between speed FF and P gain. Raise this to get a higher P gain, 0 to leave P unchanged

Rover Quicktune Speed FF to I ratio (RTUN_SPD_I_RATIO)

Ratio between speed FF and I gain. Raise this to get a higher I gain, 0 to leave I unchanged

Rover Quicktune auto filter enable (RTUN_AUTO_FILTER)

When enabled the PID filter settings are automatically set based on INS_GYRO_FILTER

Rover Quicktune auto save (RTUN_AUTO_SAVE)

Number of seconds after completion of tune to auto-save. This is useful when using a 2 position switch for quicktune

Rover Quicktune RC function (RTUN_RC_FUNC)

RCn_OPTION number to use to control tuning stop/start/save

WinchControl Rate Up (WINCH_RATE_UP)

Maximum rate when retracting line

WinchControl Rate Down (WINCH_RATE_DN)

Maximum rate when releasing line

Winch Rate Control RC function (WINCH_RC_FUNC)

RCn_OPTION number to use to control winch rate

Angular acceleration limit (AEROM_ANG_ACCEL)

Maximum angular acceleration in maneuvers

Roll control filtertime constant (AEROM_ANG_TC)

This is the time over which we filter the desired roll to smooth it

Throttle feed forward from pitch (AEROM_THR_PIT_FF)

This controls how much extra throttle to add based on pitch ange. The value is for 90 degrees and is applied in proportion to pitch

P gain for speed controller (AEROM_SPD_P)

This controls how rapidly the throttle is raised to compensate for a speed error

I gain for speed controller (AEROM_SPD_I)

This controls how rapidly the throttle is raised to compensate for a speed error

Roll control time constant (AEROM_ROL_COR_TC)

This is the time constant for correcting roll errors. A smaller value leads to faster roll corrections

Time constant for correction of our distance along the path (AEROM_TIME_COR_P)

This is the time constant for correcting path position errors

P gain for path error corrections (AEROM_ERR_COR_P)

This controls how rapidly we correct back onto the desired path

D gain for path error corrections (AEROM_ERR_COR_D)

This controls how rapidly we correct back onto the desired path

The roll rate to use when entering a roll maneuver (AEROM_ENTRY_RATE)

This controls how rapidly we roll into a new orientation

The lookahead for throttle control (AEROM_THR_LKAHD)

This controls how far ahead we look in time along the path for the target throttle

Debug control (AEROM_DEBUG)

This controls the printing of extra debug information on paths

Minimum Throttle (AEROM_THR_MIN)

Lowest throttle used during maneuvers

Throttle boost (AEROM_THR_BOOST)

This is the extra throttle added in schedule elements marked as needing a throttle boost

Yaw acceleration (AEROM_YAW_ACCEL)

This is maximum yaw acceleration to use

Lookahead (AEROM_LKAHD)

This is how much time to look ahead in the path for calculating path rates

Path Scale (AEROM_PATH_SCALE)

Scale factor for Path/Box size. 0.5 would half the distances in maneuvers. Radii are unaffected.

Box Width (AEROM_BOX_WIDTH)

Length of aerobatic "box"

Stall turn throttle (AEROM_STALL_THR)

Amount of throttle to reduce to for a stall turn

Stall turn pitch threshold (AEROM_STALL_PIT)

Pitch threashold for moving to final stage of stall turn

KnifeEdge Rudder (AEROM_KE_RUDD)

Percent of rudder normally uses to sustain knife-edge at trick speed

KnifeEdge Rudder lookahead (AEROM_KE_RUDD_LK)

Time to look ahead in the path to calculate rudder correction for bank angle

Altitude Abort (AEROM_ALT_ABORT)

Maximum allowable loss in altitude during a trick or sequence from its starting altitude.

Timesync P gain (AEROM_TS_P)

This controls how rapidly two aircraft are brought back into time sync

Timesync I gain (AEROM_TS_I)

This controls how rapidly two aircraft are brought back into time sync

Timesync speed max (AEROM_TS_SPDMAX)

This sets the maximum speed adjustment for time sync between aircraft

Timesync rate of send of NAMED_VALUE_FLOAT data (AEROM_TS_RATE)

This sets the rate we send data for time sync between aircraft

Mission angle (AEROM_MIS_ANGLE)

When set to a non-zero value, this is the assumed direction of the mission. Otherwise the waypoint angle is used

Aerobatic options (AEROM_OPTIONS)

Options to control aerobatic behavior

Tricks on Switch Enable (TRIK_ENABLE)

Enables Tricks on Switch. TRIK params hidden until enabled

Trik Selection Scripting Function (TRIK_SEL_FN)

Setting an RC channel's _OPTION to this value will use it for trick selection

Trik Action Scripting Function (TRIK_ACT_FN)

Setting an RC channel's _OPTION to this value will use it for trick action (abort,announce,execute)

Trik Count (TRIK_COUNT)

Number of tricks which can be selected over the range of the trik selection RC channel

EFI DLA enable (EFI_DLA_ENABLE)

Enable EFI DLA driver

EFI DLA fuel scale (EFI_DLA_LPS)

EFI DLA litres of fuel per second of injection time

Hobbywing ESC Enable (ESC_HW_ENABLE)

Enable Hobbywing ESC telemetry

Hobbywing ESC motor poles (ESC_HW_POLES)

Number of motor poles for eRPM scaling

Hobbywing ESC motor offset (ESC_HW_OFS)

Motor number offset of first ESC

Enable Halo6000 EFI driver (EFI_H6K_ENABLE)

Enable Halo6000 EFI driver

Halo6000 CAN driver (EFI_H6K_CANDRV)

Halo6000 CAN driver. Use 1 for first CAN scripting driver, 2 for 2nd driver

Halo6000 start auxilliary function (EFI_H6K_START_FN)

The RC auxilliary function number for start/stop of the generator. Zero to disable start function

Halo6000 telemetry rate (EFI_H6K_TELEM_RT)

The rate that additional generator telemetry is sent

Halo6000 total fuel capacity (EFI_H6K_FUELTOT)

The capacity of the tank in litres

ViewPro debug (VIEP_DEBUG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ViewPro debug

ViewPro Camera For Switch Low (VIEP_CAM_SWLOW)

Camera selection when switch is in low position

ViewPro Camera For Switch Mid (VIEP_CAM_SWMID)

Camera selection when switch is in middle position

ViewPro Camera For Switch High (VIEP_CAM_SWHIGH)

Camera selection when switch is in high position

ViewPro Zoom Speed (VIEP_ZOOM_SPEED)

ViewPro Zoom Speed. Higher numbers result in faster zooming

ViewPro Zoom Times Max (VIEP_ZOOM_MAX)

ViewPro Zoom Times Max

Enable SkyPower EFI support (EFI_SP_ENABLE)

Enable SkyPower EFI support

Set SkyPower EFI CAN driver (EFI_SP_CANDRV)

Set SkyPower EFI CAN driver

SkyPower EFI update rate (EFI_SP_UPDATE_HZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

SkyPower EFI update rate

SkyPower EFI throttle function (EFI_SP_THR_FN)

SkyPower EFI throttle function. This sets which SERVOn_FUNCTION to use for the target throttle. This should be 70 for fixed wing aircraft and 31 for helicopter rotor speed control

SkyPower EFI throttle rate (EFI_SP_THR_RATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

SkyPower EFI throttle rate. This sets rate at which throttle updates are sent to the engine

SkyPower EFI start function (EFI_SP_START_FN)

SkyPower EFI start function. This is the RCn_OPTION value to use to find the R/C channel used for controlling engine start

SkyPower EFI generator control function (EFI_SP_GEN_FN)

SkyPower EFI generator control function. This is the RCn_OPTION value to use to find the R/C channel used for controlling generator start/stop

SkyPower EFI minimum RPM (EFI_SP_MIN_RPM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

SkyPower EFI minimum RPM. This is the RPM below which the engine is considered to be stopped

SkyPower EFI telemetry rate (EFI_SP_TLM_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

SkyPower EFI telemetry rate. This is the rate at which extra telemetry values are sent to the GCS

SkyPower EFI log rate (EFI_SP_LOG_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

SkyPower EFI log rate. This is the rate at which extra logging of the SkyPower EFI is performed

SkyPower EFI allow start disarmed (EFI_SP_ST_DISARM)

SkyPower EFI allow start disarmed. This controls if starting the engine while disarmed is allowed

SkyPower EFI ECU model (EFI_SP_MODEL)

SkyPower EFI ECU model

SkyPower EFI enable generator control (EFI_SP_GEN_CTRL)

SkyPower EFI enable generator control

SkyPower EFI restart time (EFI_SP_RST_TIME)

SkyPower EFI restart time. If engine should be running and it has stopped for this amount of time then auto-restart. To disable this feature set this value to zero.

Generator SVFFI enable (EFI_SVF_ENABLE)

Enable SVFFI generator support

Generator SVFFI arming check (EFI_SVF_ARMCHECK)

Check for Generator ARM state before arming

Enable ANX battery support (BATT_ANX_ENABLE)

Enable ANX battery support

Set ANX CAN driver (BATT_ANX_CANDRV)

Set ANX CAN driver

ANX CAN battery index (BATT_ANX_INDEX)

ANX CAN battery index

ANX CAN battery options (BATT_ANX_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ANX CAN battery options

DJIRS2 debug (DJIR_DEBUG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable DJIRS2 debug

DJIRS2 upside down (DJIR_UPSIDEDOWN)

DJIRS2 upside down

EFI INF-Inject enable (EFI_INF_ENABLE)

Enable EFI INF-Inject driver

TOFSENSE-M to be used as Proximity sensor (TOFSENSE_S1_PRX)

Set 0 if sensor is to be used as a 1-D rangefinder (minimum of all distances will be sent, typically used for height detection). Set 1 if it should be used as a 3-D proximity device (Eg. Obstacle Avoidance)

TOFSENSE-M serial port config (TOFSENSE_S1_SP)

UART instance sensor is connected to. Set 1 if sensor is connected to the port with fist SERIALx_PROTOCOL = 28.

TOFSENSE-M serial port baudrate (TOFSENSE_S1_BR)

Serial Port baud rate. Sensor baud rate can be changed from Nassistant software

TOFSENSE-M to be used as Proximity sensor (TOFSENSE_PRX)

Set 0 if sensor is to be used as a 1-D rangefinder (minimum of all distances will be sent, typically used for height detection). Set 1 if it should be used as a 3-D proximity device (Eg. Obstacle Avoidance)

TOFSENSE-M Connected (TOFSENSE_NO)

Number of TOFSENSE-M CAN sensors connected

TOFSENSE-M mode to be used (TOFSENSE_MODE)

TOFSENSE-M mode to be used. 0 for 8x8 mode. 1 for 4x4 mode

TOFSENSE-M First Instance (TOFSENSE_INST1)

First TOFSENSE-M sensors backend Instance. Setting this to 1 will pick the first backend from PRX_ or RNG_ Parameters (Depending on TOFSENSE_PRX)

TOFSENSE-M First ID (TOFSENSE_ID1)

First TOFSENSE-M sensor ID. Leave this at 0 to accept all IDs and if only one sensor is present. You can change ID of sensor from NAssistant Software

TOFSENSE-M Second Instance (TOFSENSE_INST2)

Second TOFSENSE-M sensors backend Instance. Setting this to 2 will pick the second backend from PRX_ or RNG_ Parameters (Depending on TOFSENSE_PRX)

TOFSENSE-M Second ID (TOFSENSE_ID2)

Second TOFSENSE-M sensor ID. This cannot be 0. You can change ID of sensor from NAssistant Software

TOFSENSE-M Third Instance (TOFSENSE_INST3)

Third TOFSENSE-M sensors backend Instance. Setting this to 3 will pick the second backend from PRX_ or RNG_ Parameters (Depending on TOFSENSE_PRX)

TOFSENSE-M Thir ID (TOFSENSE_ID3)

Third TOFSENSE-M sensor ID. This cannot be 0. You can change ID of sensor from NAssistant Software

ACTUATOR Parameters

Increment step for actuator 1 (ACTUATOR1_INC)

Initial increment step for changing the actuator's PWM

Increment step for actuator 2 (ACTUATOR2_INC)

Initial increment step for changing the actuator's PWM

Increment step for actuator 3 (ACTUATOR3_INC)

Initial increment step for changing the actuator's PWM

Increment step for actuator 4 (ACTUATOR4_INC)

Initial increment step for changing the actuator's PWM

Increment step for actuator 5 (ACTUATOR5_INC)

Initial increment step for changing the actuator's PWM

Increment step for actuator 6 (ACTUATOR6_INC)

Initial increment step for changing the actuator's PWM

AHRS_ Parameters

AHRS GPS gain (AHRS_GPS_GAIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls how much to use the GPS to correct the attitude. This should never be set to zero for a plane as it would result in the plane losing control in turns. For a plane please use the default value of 1.0.

AHRS use GPS for DCM navigation and position-down (AHRS_GPS_USE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls whether to use dead-reckoning or GPS based navigation. If set to 0 then the GPS won't be used for navigation, and only dead reckoning will be used. A value of zero should never be used for normal flight. Currently this affects only the DCM-based AHRS: the EKF uses GPS according to its own parameters. A value of 2 means to use GPS for height as well as position - both in DCM estimation and when determining altitude-above-home.

Yaw P (AHRS_YAW_P)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the weight the compass or GPS has on the heading. A higher value means the heading will track the yaw source (GPS or compass) more rapidly.

AHRS RP_P (AHRS_RP_P)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls how fast the accelerometers correct the attitude

Maximum wind (AHRS_WIND_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the maximum allowable difference between ground speed and airspeed. A value of zero means to use the airspeed as is. This allows the plane to cope with a failing airspeed sensor by clipping it to groundspeed plus/minus this limit. See ARSPD_OPTIONS and ARSPD_WIND_MAX to disable airspeed sensors.

AHRS Trim Roll (AHRS_TRIM_X)

Compensates for the roll angle difference between the control board and the frame. Positive values make the vehicle roll right.

AHRS Trim Pitch (AHRS_TRIM_Y)

Compensates for the pitch angle difference between the control board and the frame. Positive values make the vehicle pitch up/back.

AHRS Trim Yaw (AHRS_TRIM_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Not Used

Board Orientation (AHRS_ORIENTATION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Overall board orientation relative to the standard orientation for the board type. This rotates the IMU and compass readings to allow the board to be oriented in your vehicle at any 90 or 45 degree angle. The label for each option is specified in the order of rotations for that orientation. This option takes affect on next boot. After changing you will need to re-level your vehicle. Firmware versions 4.2 and prior can use a CUSTOM (100) rotation to set the AHRS_CUSTOM_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles for AHRS orientation. Later versions provide two general custom rotations which can be used, Custom 1 and Custom 2, with CUST_ROT1_ROLL/PIT/YAW or CUST_ROT2_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles.

AHRS Velocity Complementary Filter Beta Coefficient (AHRS_COMP_BETA)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the time constant for the cross-over frequency used to fuse AHRS (airspeed and heading) and GPS data to estimate ground velocity. Time constant is 0.1/beta. A larger time constant will use GPS data less and a small time constant will use air data less.

AHRS GPS Minimum satellites (AHRS_GPS_MINSATS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum number of satellites visible to use GPS for velocity based corrections attitude correction. This defaults to 6, which is about the point at which the velocity numbers from a GPS become too unreliable for accurate correction of the accelerometers.

Use NavEKF Kalman filter for attitude and position estimation (AHRS_EKF_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls which NavEKF Kalman filter version is used for attitude and position estimation

Board orientation roll offset (AHRS_CUSTOM_ROLL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Autopilot mounting position roll offset. Positive values = roll right, negative values = roll left. This parameter is only used when AHRS_ORIENTATION is set to CUSTOM.

Board orientation pitch offset (AHRS_CUSTOM_PIT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Autopilot mounting position pitch offset. Positive values = pitch up, negative values = pitch down. This parameter is only used when AHRS_ORIENTATION is set to CUSTOM.

Board orientation yaw offset (AHRS_CUSTOM_YAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Autopilot mounting position yaw offset. Positive values = yaw right, negative values = yaw left. This parameter is only used when AHRS_ORIENTATION is set to CUSTOM.

Optional AHRS behaviour (AHRS_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls optional AHRS behaviour. Setting DisableDCMFallbackFW will change the AHRS behaviour for fixed wing aircraft in fly-forward flight to not fall back to DCM when the EKF stops navigating. Setting DisableDCMFallbackVTOL will change the AHRS behaviour for fixed wing aircraft in non fly-forward (VTOL) flight to not fall back to DCM when the EKF stops navigating.

AIS_ Parameters

AIS receiver type (AIS_TYPE)

AIS receiver type

AIS vessel list size (AIS_LIST_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

AIS list size of nearest vessels. Longer lists take longer to refresh with lower SRx_ADSB values.

AIS vessel time out (AIS_TIME_OUT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

if no updates are received in this time a vessel will be removed from the list

AIS logging options (AIS_LOGGING)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of AIS logging options

ARMING_ Parameters

Accelerometer error threshold (ARMING_ACCTHRESH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer error threshold used to determine inconsistent accelerometers. Compares this error range to other accelerometers to detect a hardware or calibration error. Lower value means tighter check and harder to pass arming check. Not all accelerometers are created equal.

Arming with Rudder enable/disable (ARMING_RUDDER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allow arm/disarm by rudder input. When enabled arming can be done with right rudder, disarming with left rudder. Rudder arming only works with throttle at zero +- deadzone (RCx_DZ). Depending on vehicle type, arming in certain modes is prevented. See the wiki for each vehicle. Caution is recommended when arming if it is allowed in an auto-throttle mode!

Required mission items (ARMING_MIS_ITEMS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of mission items that are required to be planned in order to arm the aircraft

Arm Checks to Perform (bitmask) (ARMING_CHECK)

Checks prior to arming motor. This is a bitmask of checks that will be performed before allowing arming. For most users it is recommended to leave this at the default of 1 (all checks enabled). You can select whatever checks you prefer by adding together the values of each check type to set this parameter. For example, to only allow arming when you have GPS lock and no RC failsafe you would set ARMING_CHECK to 72.

Arming options (ARMING_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Options that can be applied to change arming behaviour

Compass magnetic field strength error threshold vs earth magnetic model (ARMING_MAGTHRESH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compass magnetic field strength error threshold vs earth magnetic model. X and y axis are compared using this threhold, Z axis uses 2x this threshold. 0 to disable check

ARSPD Parameters

Airspeed Enable (ARSPD_ENABLE)

Enable airspeed sensor support

Control pitot tube order (ARSPD_TUBE_ORDER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter allows you to control whether the order in which the tubes are attached to your pitot tube matters. If you set this to 0 then the first (often the top) connector on the sensor needs to be the stagnation pressure (the pressure at the tip of the pitot tube). If set to 1 then the second (often the bottom) connector needs to be the stagnation pressure. If set to 2 (the default) then the airspeed driver will accept either order. The reason you may wish to specify the order is it will allow your airspeed sensor to detect if the aircraft is receiving excessive pressure on the static port compared to the stagnation port such as during a stall, which would otherwise be seen as a positive airspeed.

Primary airspeed sensor (ARSPD_PRIMARY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This selects which airspeed sensor will be the primary if multiple sensors are found

Airspeed options bitmask (ARSPD_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter and function is not used by this vehicle. Always set to 0.

Maximum airspeed and ground speed difference (ARSPD_WIND_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter and function is not used by this vehicle. Always set to 0.

Airspeed and GPS speed difference that gives a warning (ARSPD_WIND_WARN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter and function is not used by this vehicle. Always set to 0.

Re-enable Consistency Check Gate Size (ARSPD_WIND_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter and function is not used by this vehicle.

Maximum offset cal speed error (ARSPD_OFF_PCNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The maximum percentage speed change in airspeed reports that is allowed due to offset changes between calibrations before a warning is issued. This potential speed error is in percent of ASPD_FBW_MIN. 0 disables. Helps warn of calibrations without pitot being covered.

ARSPD2_ Parameters

Airspeed type (ARSPD2_TYPE)

Type of airspeed sensor

Airspeed use (ARSPD2_USE)

This parameter is not used by this vehicle. Always set to 0.

Airspeed offset (ARSPD2_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Airspeed calibration offset

Airspeed ratio (ARSPD2_RATIO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Calibrates pitot tube pressure to velocity. Increasing this value will indicate a higher airspeed at any given dynamic pressure.

Airspeed pin (ARSPD2_PIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The pin number that the airspeed sensor is connected to for analog sensors. Set to 15 on the Pixhawk for the analog airspeed port.

This parameter and function is not used by this vehicle. Always set to 0. (ARSPD2_AUTOCAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enables automatic adjustment of airspeed ratio during a calibration flight based on estimation of ground speed and true airspeed. New ratio saved every 2 minutes if change is > 5%. Should not be left enabled.

Control pitot tube order (ARSPD2_TUBE_ORDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter allows you to control whether the order in which the tubes are attached to your pitot tube matters. If you set this to 0 then the first (often the top) connector on the sensor needs to be the stagnation pressure (the pressure at the tip of the pitot tube). If set to 1 then the second (often the bottom) connector needs to be the stagnation pressure. If set to 2 (the default) then the airspeed driver will accept either order. The reason you may wish to specify the order is it will allow your airspeed sensor to detect if the aircraft is receiving excessive pressure on the static port compared to the stagnation port such as during a stall, which would otherwise be seen as a positive airspeed.

Skip airspeed offset calibration on startup (ARSPD2_SKIP_CAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter allows you to skip airspeed offset calibration on startup, instead using the offset from the last calibration. This may be desirable if the offset variance between flights for your sensor is low and you want to avoid having to cover the pitot tube on each boot.

The PSI range of the device (ARSPD2_PSI_RANGE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter allows you to set the PSI (pounds per square inch) range for your sensor. You should not change this unless you examine the datasheet for your device

Airspeed I2C bus (ARSPD2_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bus number of the I2C bus where the airspeed sensor is connected. May not correspond to board's I2C bus number labels. Retry another bus and reboot if airspeed sensor fails to initialize.

Airspeed ID (ARSPD2_DEVID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Airspeed sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

ARSPD_ Parameters

Airspeed type (ARSPD_TYPE)

Type of airspeed sensor

Airspeed use (ARSPD_USE)

This parameter is not used by this vehicle. Always set to 0.

Airspeed offset (ARSPD_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Airspeed calibration offset

Airspeed ratio (ARSPD_RATIO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Calibrates pitot tube pressure to velocity. Increasing this value will indicate a higher airspeed at any given dynamic pressure.

Airspeed pin (ARSPD_PIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The pin number that the airspeed sensor is connected to for analog sensors. Set to 15 on the Pixhawk for the analog airspeed port.

This parameter and function is not used by this vehicle. Always set to 0. (ARSPD_AUTOCAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enables automatic adjustment of airspeed ratio during a calibration flight based on estimation of ground speed and true airspeed. New ratio saved every 2 minutes if change is > 5%. Should not be left enabled.

Control pitot tube order (ARSPD_TUBE_ORDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter allows you to control whether the order in which the tubes are attached to your pitot tube matters. If you set this to 0 then the first (often the top) connector on the sensor needs to be the stagnation pressure (the pressure at the tip of the pitot tube). If set to 1 then the second (often the bottom) connector needs to be the stagnation pressure. If set to 2 (the default) then the airspeed driver will accept either order. The reason you may wish to specify the order is it will allow your airspeed sensor to detect if the aircraft is receiving excessive pressure on the static port compared to the stagnation port such as during a stall, which would otherwise be seen as a positive airspeed.

Skip airspeed offset calibration on startup (ARSPD_SKIP_CAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter allows you to skip airspeed offset calibration on startup, instead using the offset from the last calibration. This may be desirable if the offset variance between flights for your sensor is low and you want to avoid having to cover the pitot tube on each boot.

The PSI range of the device (ARSPD_PSI_RANGE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter allows you to set the PSI (pounds per square inch) range for your sensor. You should not change this unless you examine the datasheet for your device

Airspeed I2C bus (ARSPD_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bus number of the I2C bus where the airspeed sensor is connected. May not correspond to board's I2C bus number labels. Retry another bus and reboot if airspeed sensor fails to initialize.

Airspeed ID (ARSPD_DEVID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Airspeed sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

ATC_ Parameters

Yaw target slew rate (ATC_SLEW_YAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum rate the yaw target can be updated in Loiter, RTL, Auto flight modes

Acceleration Max for Yaw (ATC_ACCEL_Y_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum acceleration in yaw axis

Rate Feedforward Enable (ATC_RATE_FF_ENAB)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls whether body-frame rate feedforward is enabled or disabled

Acceleration Max for Roll (ATC_ACCEL_R_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum acceleration in roll axis

Acceleration Max for Pitch (ATC_ACCEL_P_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum acceleration in pitch axis

Angle Boost (ATC_ANGLE_BOOST)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Angle Boost increases output throttle as the vehicle leans to reduce loss of altitude

Roll axis angle controller P gain (ATC_ANG_RLL_P)

Roll axis angle controller P gain. Converts the error between the desired roll angle and actual angle to a desired roll rate

Pitch axis angle controller P gain (ATC_ANG_PIT_P)

Pitch axis angle controller P gain. Converts the error between the desired pitch angle and actual angle to a desired pitch rate

Yaw axis angle controller P gain (ATC_ANG_YAW_P)

Yaw axis angle controller P gain. Converts the error between the desired yaw angle and actual angle to a desired yaw rate

Angle Limit (to maintain altitude) Time Constant (ATC_ANG_LIM_TC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Angle Limit (to maintain altitude) Time Constant

Angular Velocity Max for Roll (ATC_RATE_R_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum angular velocity in roll axis

Angular Velocity Max for Pitch (ATC_RATE_P_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum angular velocity in pitch axis

Angular Velocity Max for Yaw (ATC_RATE_Y_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum angular velocity in yaw axis

Attitude control input time constant (ATC_INPUT_TC)

Attitude control input time constant. Low numbers lead to sharper response, higher numbers to softer response

Roll axis rate controller P gain (ATC_RAT_RLL_P)

Roll axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired roll rate vs actual roll rate

Roll axis rate controller I gain (ATC_RAT_RLL_I)

Roll axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired roll rate vs actual roll rate

Roll axis rate controller I gain maximum (ATC_RAT_RLL_IMAX)

Roll axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output

Roll axis rate controller D gain (ATC_RAT_RLL_D)

Roll axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired roll rate vs actual roll rate

Roll axis rate controller feed forward (ATC_RAT_RLL_FF)

Roll axis rate controller feed forward

Roll axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_RLL_FLTT)

Roll axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Roll axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_RLL_FLTE)

Roll axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Roll axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_RLL_FLTD)

Roll axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Roll slew rate limit (ATC_RAT_RLL_SMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.

Roll axis rate controller PD sum maximum (ATC_RAT_RLL_PDMX)

Roll axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output

Roll Derivative FeedForward Gain (ATC_RAT_RLL_D_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target

Roll Target notch filter index (ATC_RAT_RLL_NTF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Roll Target notch filter index

Roll Error notch filter index (ATC_RAT_RLL_NEF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Roll Error notch filter index

Pitch axis rate controller P gain (ATC_RAT_PIT_P)

Pitch axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate

Pitch axis rate controller I gain (ATC_RAT_PIT_I)

Pitch axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate

Pitch axis rate controller I gain maximum (ATC_RAT_PIT_IMAX)

Pitch axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output

Pitch axis rate controller D gain (ATC_RAT_PIT_D)

Pitch axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate

Pitch axis rate controller feed forward (ATC_RAT_PIT_FF)

Pitch axis rate controller feed forward

Pitch axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_PIT_FLTT)

Pitch axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Pitch axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_PIT_FLTE)

Pitch axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Pitch axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_PIT_FLTD)

Pitch axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Pitch slew rate limit (ATC_RAT_PIT_SMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.

Pitch axis rate controller PD sum maximum (ATC_RAT_PIT_PDMX)

Pitch axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output

Pitch Derivative FeedForward Gain (ATC_RAT_PIT_D_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target

Pitch Target notch filter index (ATC_RAT_PIT_NTF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Pitch Target notch filter index

Pitch Error notch filter index (ATC_RAT_PIT_NEF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Pitch Error notch filter index

Yaw axis rate controller P gain (ATC_RAT_YAW_P)

Yaw axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate

Yaw axis rate controller I gain (ATC_RAT_YAW_I)

Yaw axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate

Yaw axis rate controller I gain maximum (ATC_RAT_YAW_IMAX)

Yaw axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output

Yaw axis rate controller D gain (ATC_RAT_YAW_D)

Yaw axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate

Yaw axis rate controller feed forward (ATC_RAT_YAW_FF)

Yaw axis rate controller feed forward

Yaw axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_YAW_FLTT)

Yaw axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Yaw axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_YAW_FLTE)

Yaw axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Yaw axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_YAW_FLTD)

Yaw axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Yaw slew rate limit (ATC_RAT_YAW_SMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.

Yaw axis rate controller PD sum maximum (ATC_RAT_YAW_PDMX)

Yaw axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output

Yaw Derivative FeedForward Gain (ATC_RAT_YAW_D_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target

Yaw Target notch filter index (ATC_RAT_YAW_NTF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Yaw Target notch filter index

Yaw Error notch filter index (ATC_RAT_YAW_NEF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Yaw Error notch filter index

Throttle Mix Minimum (ATC_THR_MIX_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Throttle vs attitude control prioritisation used when landing (higher values mean we prioritise attitude control over throttle)

Throttle Mix Maximum (ATC_THR_MIX_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Throttle vs attitude control prioritisation used during active flight (higher values mean we prioritise attitude control over throttle)

Throttle Mix Manual (ATC_THR_MIX_MAN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Throttle vs attitude control prioritisation used during manual flight (higher values mean we prioritise attitude control over throttle)

Roll axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_RLL_FILT)

Roll axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Pitch axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_PIT_FILT)

Pitch axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

Yaw axis rate controller input frequency in Hz (ATC_RAT_YAW_FILT)

Yaw axis rate controller input frequency in Hz

AVOID_ Parameters

Avoidance control enable/disable (AVOID_ENABLE)

Enabled/disable avoidance input sources

Avoidance distance margin in GPS modes (AVOID_MARGIN)

Vehicle will attempt to stay at least this distance (in meters) from objects while in GPS modes

Avoidance maximum backup speed (AVOID_BACKUP_SPD)

Maximum speed that will be used to back away from obstacles in GPS modes (m/s). Set zero to disable

Avoidance maximum acceleration (AVOID_ACCEL_MAX)

Maximum acceleration with which obstacles will be avoided with. Set zero to disable acceleration limits

Avoidance deadzone between stopping and backing away from obstacle (AVOID_BACKUP_DZ)

Distance beyond AVOID_MARGIN parameter, after which vehicle will backaway from obstacles. Increase this parameter if you see vehicle going back and forth in front of obstacle.

BARO Parameters

Ground Pressure (BARO1_GND_PRESS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

calibrated ground pressure in Pascals

ground temperature (BARO_GND_TEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

User provided ambient ground temperature in degrees Celsius. This is used to improve the calculation of the altitude the vehicle is at. This parameter is not persistent and will be reset to 0 every time the vehicle is rebooted. A value of 0 means use the internal measurement ambient temperature.

altitude offset (BARO_ALT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

altitude offset in meters added to barometric altitude. This is used to allow for automatic adjustment of the base barometric altitude by a ground station equipped with a barometer. The value is added to the barometric altitude read by the aircraft. It is automatically reset to 0 when the barometer is calibrated on each reboot or when a preflight calibration is performed.

Primary barometer (BARO_PRIMARY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This selects which barometer will be the primary if multiple barometers are found

External baro bus (BARO_EXT_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This selects the bus number for looking for an I2C barometer. When set to -1 it will probe all external i2c buses based on the BARO_PROBE_EXT parameter.

Specific Gravity (For water depth measurement) (BARO_SPEC_GRAV)

This sets the specific gravity of the fluid when flying an underwater ROV.

Ground Pressure (BARO2_GND_PRESS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

calibrated ground pressure in Pascals

Absolute Pressure (BARO3_GND_PRESS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

calibrated ground pressure in Pascals

Range in which sample is accepted (BARO_FLTR_RNG)

This sets the range around the average value that new samples must be within to be accepted. This can help reduce the impact of noise on sensors that are on long I2C cables. The value is a percentage from the average value. A value of zero disables this filter.

External barometers to probe (BARO_PROBE_EXT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets which types of external i2c barometer to look for. It is a bitmask of barometer types. The I2C buses to probe is based on BARO_EXT_BUS. If BARO_EXT_BUS is -1 then it will probe all external buses, otherwise it will probe just the bus number given in BARO_EXT_BUS.

Baro ID (BARO1_DEVID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Barometer sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Baro ID2 (BARO2_DEVID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Barometer2 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Baro ID3 (BARO3_DEVID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Barometer3 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

field elevation (BARO_FIELD_ELV)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

User provided field elevation in meters. This is used to improve the calculation of the altitude the vehicle is at. This parameter is not persistent and will be reset to 0 every time the vehicle is rebooted. Changes to this parameter will only be used when disarmed. A value of 0 means the EKF origin height is used for takeoff height above sea level.

Altitude error maximum (BARO_ALTERR_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the maximum acceptable altitude discrepancy between GPS altitude and barometric presssure altitude calculated against a standard atmosphere for arming checks to pass. If you are getting an arming error due to this parameter then you may have a faulty or substituted barometer. A common issue is vendors replacing a MS5611 in a "Pixhawk" with a MS5607. If you have that issue then please see BARO_OPTIONS parameter to force the MS5611 to be treated as a MS5607. This check is disabled if the value is zero.

Barometer options (BARO_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Barometer options

BARO1_WCF_ Parameters

Wind coefficient enable (BARO1_WCF_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This enables the use of wind coefficients for barometer compensation

Pressure error coefficient in positive X direction (forward) (BARO1_WCF_FWD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during forwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative X direction (backwards) (BARO1_WCF_BCK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during backwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in positive Y direction (right) (BARO1_WCF_RGT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the right, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative Y direction (left) (BARO1_WCF_LFT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the left, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in positive Z direction (up) (BARO1_WCF_UP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during climbing flight (or forward flight with a high forwards lean angle), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative Z direction (down) (BARO1_WCF_DN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during descending flight (or forward flight with a high backwards lean angle, eg braking manoeuvre), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

BARO2_WCF_ Parameters

Wind coefficient enable (BARO2_WCF_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This enables the use of wind coefficients for barometer compensation

Pressure error coefficient in positive X direction (forward) (BARO2_WCF_FWD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during forwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative X direction (backwards) (BARO2_WCF_BCK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during backwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in positive Y direction (right) (BARO2_WCF_RGT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the right, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative Y direction (left) (BARO2_WCF_LFT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the left, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in positive Z direction (up) (BARO2_WCF_UP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during climbing flight (or forward flight with a high forwards lean angle), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative Z direction (down) (BARO2_WCF_DN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during descending flight (or forward flight with a high backwards lean angle, eg braking manoeuvre), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

BARO3_WCF_ Parameters

Wind coefficient enable (BARO3_WCF_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This enables the use of wind coefficients for barometer compensation

Pressure error coefficient in positive X direction (forward) (BARO3_WCF_FWD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during forwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative X direction (backwards) (BARO3_WCF_BCK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during backwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in positive Y direction (right) (BARO3_WCF_RGT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the right, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative Y direction (left) (BARO3_WCF_LFT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the left, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in positive Z direction (up) (BARO3_WCF_UP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during climbing flight (or forward flight with a high forwards lean angle), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

Pressure error coefficient in negative Z direction (down) (BARO3_WCF_DN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during descending flight (or forward flight with a high backwards lean angle, eg braking manoeuvre), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.

BATT2_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT2_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT2_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT2_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT2_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT2_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT2_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT2_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT2_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT2_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT2_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT2_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT2_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT2_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT2_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT2__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT2_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT2_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT2_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT2_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT2__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT2_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT2_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT2_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT2_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT2_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT2_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT2_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT2_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT2_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT2_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT2_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT2_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT2_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT2_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT2_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT2_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT2_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT2_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT2_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT2_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT2_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT2_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT2_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT2_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT2_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT2_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATT3_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT3_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT3_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT3_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT3_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT3_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT3_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT3_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT3_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT3_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT3_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT3_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT3_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT3_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT3_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT3__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT3_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT3_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT3_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT3_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT3__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT3_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT3_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT3_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT3_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT3_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT3_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT3_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT3_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT3_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT3_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT3_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT3_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT3_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT3_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT3_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT3_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT3_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT3_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT3_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT3_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT3_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT3_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT3_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT3_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT3_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT3_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATT4_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT4_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT4_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT4_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT4_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT4_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT4_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT4_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT4_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT4_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT4_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT4_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT4_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT4_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT4_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT4__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT4_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT4_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT4_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT4_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT4__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT4_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT4_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT4_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT4_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT4_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT4_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT4_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT4_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT4_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT4_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT4_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT4_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT4_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT4_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT4_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT4_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT4_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT4_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT4_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT4_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT4_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT4_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT4_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT4_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT4_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT4_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATT5_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT5_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT5_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT5_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT5_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT5_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT5_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT5_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT5_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT5_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT5_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT5_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT5_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT5_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT5_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT5__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT5_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT5_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT5_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT5_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT5__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT5_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT5_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT5_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT5_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT5_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT5_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT5_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT5_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT5_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT5_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT5_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT5_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT5_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT5_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT5_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT5_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT5_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT5_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT5_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT5_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT5_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT5_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT5_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT5_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT5_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT5_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATT6_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT6_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT6_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT6_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT6_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT6_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT6_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT6_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT6_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT6_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT6_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT6_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT6_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT6_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT6_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT6__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT6_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT6_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT6_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT6_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT6__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT6_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT6_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT6_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT6_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT6_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT6_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT6_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT6_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT6_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT6_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT6_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT6_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT6_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT6_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT6_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT6_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT6_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT6_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT6_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT6_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT6_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT6_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT6_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT6_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT6_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT6_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATT7_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT7_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT7_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT7_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT7_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT7_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT7_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT7_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT7_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT7_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT7_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT7_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT7_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT7_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT7_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT7__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT7_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT7_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT7_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT7_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT7__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT7_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT7_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT7_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT7_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT7_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT7_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT7_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT7_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT7_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT7_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT7_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT7_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT7_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT7_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT7_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT7_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT7_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT7_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT7_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT7_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT7_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT7_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT7_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT7_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT7_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT7_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATT8_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT8_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT8_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT8_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT8_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT8_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT8_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT8_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT8_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT8_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT8_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT8_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT8_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT8_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT8_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT8__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT8_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT8_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT8_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT8_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT8__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT8_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT8_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT8_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT8_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT8_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT8_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT8_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT8_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT8_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT8_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT8_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT8_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT8_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT8_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT8_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT8_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT8_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT8_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT8_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT8_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT8_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT8_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT8_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT8_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT8_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT8_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATT9_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT9_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT9_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT9_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT9_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT9_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT9_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT9_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT9_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT9_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT9_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT9_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT9_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT9_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT9_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT9__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT9_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT9_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT9_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT9_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT9__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT9_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT9_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT9_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT9_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT9_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT9_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT9_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT9_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT9_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT9_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT9_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT9_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT9_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT9_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT9_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT9_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT9_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT9_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT9_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT9_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT9_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT9_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT9_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT9_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT9_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT9_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATTA_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATTA_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATTA_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATTA_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATTA_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATTA_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATTA_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTA_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTA_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATTA_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTA_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATTA_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTA_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTA_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATTA_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTA__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATTA_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATTA_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATTA_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATTA_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTA__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATTA_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATTA_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATTA_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATTA_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATTA_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTA_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATTA_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATTA_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATTA_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTA_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTA_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATTA_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATTA_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATTA_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATTA_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATTA_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATTA_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATTA_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATTA_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATTA_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATTA_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATTA_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTA_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTA_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATTA_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATTA_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATTB_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATTB_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATTB_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATTB_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATTB_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATTB_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATTB_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTB_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTB_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATTB_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTB_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATTB_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTB_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTB_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATTB_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTB__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATTB_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATTB_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATTB_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATTB_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTB__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATTB_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATTB_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATTB_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATTB_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATTB_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTB_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATTB_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATTB_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATTB_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTB_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTB_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATTB_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATTB_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATTB_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATTB_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATTB_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATTB_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATTB_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATTB_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATTB_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATTB_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATTB_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTB_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTB_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATTB_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATTB_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATTC_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATTC_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATTC_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATTC_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATTC_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATTC_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATTC_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTC_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTC_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATTC_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTC_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATTC_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTC_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTC_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATTC_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTC__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATTC_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATTC_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATTC_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATTC_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTC__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATTC_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATTC_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATTC_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATTC_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATTC_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTC_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATTC_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATTC_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATTC_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTC_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTC_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATTC_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATTC_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATTC_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATTC_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATTC_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATTC_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATTC_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATTC_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATTC_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATTC_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATTC_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTC_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTC_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATTC_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATTC_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATTD_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATTD_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATTD_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATTD_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATTD_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATTD_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATTD_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTD_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTD_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATTD_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTD_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATTD_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTD_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTD_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATTD_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTD__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATTD_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATTD_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATTD_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATTD_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTD__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATTD_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATTD_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATTD_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATTD_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATTD_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTD_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATTD_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATTD_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATTD_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTD_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTD_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATTD_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATTD_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATTD_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATTD_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATTD_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATTD_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATTD_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATTD_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATTD_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATTD_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATTD_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTD_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTD_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATTD_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATTD_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATTE_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATTE_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATTE_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATTE_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATTE_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATTE_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATTE_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTE_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTE_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATTE_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTE_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATTE_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTE_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTE_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATTE_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTE__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATTE_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATTE_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATTE_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATTE_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTE__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATTE_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATTE_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATTE_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATTE_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATTE_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTE_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATTE_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATTE_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATTE_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTE_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTE_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATTE_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATTE_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATTE_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATTE_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATTE_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATTE_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATTE_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATTE_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATTE_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATTE_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATTE_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTE_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTE_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATTE_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATTE_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATTF_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATTF_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATTF_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATTF_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATTF_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATTF_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATTF_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTF_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTF_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATTF_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTF_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATTF_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTF_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTF_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATTF_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTF__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATTF_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATTF_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATTF_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATTF_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTF__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATTF_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATTF_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATTF_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATTF_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATTF_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTF_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATTF_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATTF_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATTF_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTF_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTF_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATTF_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATTF_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATTF_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATTF_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATTF_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATTF_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATTF_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATTF_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATTF_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATTF_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATTF_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTF_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTF_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATTF_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATTF_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATTG_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATTG_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATTG_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATTG_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATTG_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATTG_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATTG_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTG_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTG_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATTG_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTG_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATTG_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTG_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTG_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATTG_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTG__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATTG_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATTG_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATTG_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATTG_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTG__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATTG_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATTG_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATTG_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATTG_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATTG_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTG_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATTG_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATTG_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATTG_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTG_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTG_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATTG_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATTG_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATTG_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATTG_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATTG_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATTG_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATTG_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATTG_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATTG_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATTG_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATTG_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATTG_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATTG_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATTG_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATTG_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BATT_ Parameters

Battery monitoring (BATT_MONITOR)

Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current

Battery capacity (BATT_CAPACITY)

Capacity of the battery in mAh when full

Battery serial number (BATT_SERIAL_NUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.

Low voltage timeout (BATT_LOW_TIMER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.

Failsafe voltage source (BATT_FS_VOLTSRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event

Low battery voltage (BATT_LOW_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Low battery capacity (BATT_LOW_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.

Critical battery voltage (BATT_CRT_VOLT)

Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Battery critical capacity (BATT_CRT_MAH)

Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT__FS_CRT_ACT parameter.

Low battery failsafe action (BATT_FS_LOW_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe

Critical battery failsafe action (BATT_FS_CRT_ACT)

What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe

Required arming voltage (BATT_ARM_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.

Required arming remaining capacity (BATT_ARM_MAH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT__ARM_VOLT parameter.

Battery monitor options (BATT_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor

ESC Telemetry Index to write to (BATT_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.

Battery Voltage sensing pin (BATT_VOLT_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.

Battery Current sensing pin (BATT_CURR_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.

Voltage Multiplier (BATT_VOLT_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.

Amps per volt (BATT_AMP_PERVLT)

Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.

AMP offset (BATT_AMP_OFFSET)

Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.

Voltage offset (BATT_VLT_OFFSET)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address

Battery Sum mask (BATT_SUM_MASK)

0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.

Scales reported power monitor current (BATT_CURR_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications

Empty fuel level voltage (BATT_FL_VLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level voltage multiplier (BATT_FL_V_MULT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.

Fuel level filter frequency (BATT_FL_FLTR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.

Fuel level analog pin number (BATT_FL_PIN)

Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V.

First order term (BATT_FL_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First order polynomial fit term

Second order term (BATT_FL_FS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second order polynomial fit term

Third order term (BATT_FL_FT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third order polynomial fit term

Offset term (BATT_FL_OFF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset polynomial fit term

Maximum Battery Voltage (BATT_MAX_VOLT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage

Battery monitor I2C bus number (BATT_I2C_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C bus number

Battery monitor I2C address (BATT_I2C_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses

Battery monitor max current (BATT_MAX_AMPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.

Battery monitor shunt resistor (BATT_SHUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the shunt resistor used in the device

BRD_ Parameters

Serial 1 flow control (BRD_SER1_RTSCTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable flow control on serial 1 (telemetry 1). You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup. Note that the PX4v1 does not have hardware flow control pins on this port, so you should leave this disabled.

Serial 2 flow control (BRD_SER2_RTSCTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable flow control on serial 2 (telemetry 2). You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.

Serial 3 flow control (BRD_SER3_RTSCTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable flow control on serial 3. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.

Serial 4 flow control (BRD_SER4_RTSCTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable flow control on serial 4. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.

Serial 5 flow control (BRD_SER5_RTSCTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable flow control on serial 5. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.

Sets default state of the safety switch (BRD_SAFETY_DEFLT)

This controls the default state of the safety switch at startup. When set to 1 the safety switch will start in the safe state (flashing) at boot. When set to zero the safety switch will start in the unsafe state (solid) at startup. Note that if a safety switch is fitted the user can still control the safety state after startup using the switch. The safety state can also be controlled in software using a MAVLink message.

SBUS output rate (BRD_SBUS_OUT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the SBUS output frame rate in Hz

User-defined serial number (BRD_SERIAL_NUM)

User-defined serial number of this vehicle, it can be any arbitrary number you want and has no effect on the autopilot

Outputs which ignore the safety switch state (BRD_SAFETY_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

A bitmask which controls what outputs can move while the safety switch has not been pressed

Board heater temperature target (BRD_HEAT_TARG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Board heater target temperature for boards with controllable heating units. Set to -1 to disable the heater, please reboot after setting to -1.

Board type (BRD_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This allows selection of a PX4 or VRBRAIN board type. If set to zero then the board type is auto-detected (PX4)

Enable IO co-processor (BRD_IO_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This allows for the IO co-processor on boards with an IOMCU to be disabled. Setting to 2 will enable the IOMCU but not attempt to update firmware on startup

Options for safety button behavior (BRD_SAFETYOPTION)

This controls the activation of the safety button. It allows you to control if the safety button can be used for safety enable and/or disable, and whether the button is only active when disarmed

Autopilot board voltage requirement (BRD_VBUS_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum voltage on the autopilot power rail to allow the aircraft to arm. 0 to disable the check.

Servo voltage requirement (BRD_VSERVO_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum voltage on the servo rail to allow the aircraft to arm. 0 to disable the check.

microSD slowdown (BRD_SD_SLOWDOWN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is a scaling factor to slow down microSD operation. It can be used on flight board and microSD card combinations where full speed is not reliable. For normal full speed operation a value of 0 should be used.

Set PWM Out Voltage (BRD_PWM_VOLT_SEL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the voltage max for PWM output pulses. 0 for 3.3V and 1 for 5V output. On boards with an IOMCU that support this parameter this option only affects the 8 main outputs, not the 6 auxiliary outputs. Using 5V output can help to reduce the impact of ESC noise interference corrupting signals to the ESCs.

Board options (BRD_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Board specific option flags

Boot delay (BRD_BOOT_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This adds a delay in milliseconds to boot to ensure peripherals initialise fully

Board Heater P gain (BRD_HEAT_P)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Board Heater P gain

Board Heater I gain (BRD_HEAT_I)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Board Heater integrator gain

Board Heater IMAX (BRD_HEAT_IMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Board Heater integrator maximum

Alternative HW config (BRD_ALT_CONFIG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Select an alternative hardware configuration. A value of zero selects the default configuration for this board. Other values are board specific. Please see the documentation for your board for details on any alternative configuration values that may be available.

Board heater temp lower margin (BRD_HEAT_LOWMGN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Arming check will fail if temp is lower than this margin below BRD_HEAT_TARG. 0 disables the low temperature check

SDCard Mission size (BRD_SD_MISSION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the amount of storage in kilobytes reserved on the microsd card in mission.stg for waypoint storage. Each waypoint uses 15 bytes.

Load DShot FW on IO (BRD_IO_DSHOT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This loads the DShot firmware on the IO co-processor

BRD_RADIO Parameters

Set type of direct attached radio (BRD_RADIO_TYPE)

This enables support for direct attached radio receivers

protocol (BRD_RADIO_PROT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Select air protocol

debug level (BRD_RADIO_DEBUG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

radio debug level

disable receive CRC (BRD_RADIO_DISCRC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

disable receive CRC (for debug)

RSSI signal strength (BRD_RADIO_SIGCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Channel to show receive RSSI signal strength, or zero for disabled

Packet rate channel (BRD_RADIO_PPSCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Channel to show received packet-per-second rate, or zero for disabled

Enable telemetry (BRD_RADIO_TELEM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

If this is non-zero then telemetry packets will be sent over DSM

Telemetry Transmit power (BRD_RADIO_TXPOW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Set telemetry transmit power. This is the power level (from 1 to 8) for telemetry packets sent from the RX to the TX

Put radio into FCC test mode (BRD_RADIO_FCCTST)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

If this is enabled then the radio will continuously transmit as required for FCC testing. The transmit channel is set by the value of the parameter. The radio will not work for RC input while this is enabled

Stick input mode (BRD_RADIO_STKMD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This selects between different stick input modes. The default is mode2, which has throttle on the left stick and pitch on the right stick. You can instead set mode1, which has throttle on the right stick and pitch on the left stick.

Set radio to factory test channel (BRD_RADIO_TESTCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the radio to a fixed test channel for factory testing. Using a fixed channel avoids the need for binding in factory testing.

RSSI value channel for telemetry data on transmitter (BRD_RADIO_TSIGCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Channel to show telemetry RSSI value as received by TX

Telemetry PPS channel (BRD_RADIO_TPPSCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Channel to show telemetry packets-per-second value, as received at TX

Transmitter transmit power (BRD_RADIO_TXMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Set transmitter maximum transmit power (from 1 to 8)

Transmitter buzzer adjustment (BRD_RADIO_BZOFS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Set transmitter buzzer note adjustment (adjust frequency up)

Auto-bind time (BRD_RADIO_ABTIME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

When non-zero this sets the time with no transmitter packets before we start looking for auto-bind packets.

Auto-bind level (BRD_RADIO_ABLVL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the minimum RSSI of an auto-bind packet for it to be accepted. This should be set so that auto-bind will only happen at short range to minimise the change of an auto-bind happening accidentially

BRD_RTC Parameters

Allowed sources of RTC time (BRD_RTC_TYPES)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies which sources of UTC time will be accepted

Timezone offset from UTC (BRD_RTC_TZ_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Adds offset in +- minutes from UTC to calculate local time

BTN0_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN0_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN0_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN10_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN10_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN10_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN11_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN11_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN11_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN12_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN12_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN12_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN13_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN13_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN13_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN14_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN14_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN14_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN15_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN15_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN15_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN16_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN16_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN16_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN17_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN17_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN17_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN18_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN18_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN18_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN19_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN19_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN19_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN1_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN1_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN1_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN20_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN20_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN20_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN21_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN21_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN21_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN22_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN22_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN22_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN23_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN23_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN23_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN24_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN24_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN24_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN25_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN25_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN25_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN26_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN26_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN26_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN27_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN27_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN27_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN28_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN28_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN28_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN29_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN29_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN29_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN2_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN2_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN2_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN30_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN30_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN30_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN31_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN31_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN31_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN3_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN3_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN3_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN4_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN4_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN4_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN5_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN5_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN5_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN6_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN6_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN6_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN7_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN7_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN7_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN8_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN8_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN8_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

BTN9_ Parameters

Function for button (BTN9_FUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

Function for button when the shift mode is toggled on (BTN9_SFUNCTION)

Set to 0 to disable or choose a function

CAM Parameters

Maximum photo roll angle. (CAM_MAX_ROLL)

Postpone shooting if roll is greater than limit. (0=Disable, will shoot regardless of roll).

Distance-trigging in AUTO mode only (CAM_AUTO_ONLY)

When enabled, trigging by distance is done in AUTO mode only.

CAM1 Parameters

Camera shutter (trigger) type (CAM1_TYPE)

how to trigger the camera to take a picture

Camera shutter duration held open (CAM1_DURATION)

Duration in seconds that the camera shutter is held open

Camera servo ON PWM value (CAM1_SERVO_ON)

PWM value in microseconds to move servo to when shutter is activated

Camera servo OFF PWM value (CAM1_SERVO_OFF)

PWM value in microseconds to move servo to when shutter is deactivated

Camera trigger distance (CAM1_TRIGG_DIST)

Distance in meters between camera triggers. If this value is non-zero then the camera will trigger whenever the position changes by this number of meters regardless of what mode the APM is in. Note that this parameter can also be set in an auto mission using the DO_SET_CAM_TRIGG_DIST command, allowing you to enable/disable the triggering of the camera during the flight.

Camera relay ON value (CAM1_RELAY_ON)

This sets whether the relay goes high or low when it triggers. Note that you should also set RELAY_DEFAULT appropriately for your camera

Camera minimum time interval between photos (CAM1_INTRVAL_MIN)

Postpone shooting if previous picture was taken less than this many seconds ago

Camera feedback pin (CAM1_FEEDBAK_PIN)

pin number to use for save accurate camera feedback messages. If set to -1 then don't use a pin flag for this, otherwise this is a pin number which if held high after a picture trigger order, will save camera messages when camera really takes a picture. A universal camera hot shoe is needed. The pin should be held high for at least 2 milliseconds for reliable trigger detection. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot. See also the CAMx_FEEDBCK_POL option.

Camera feedback pin polarity (CAM1_FEEDBAK_POL)

Polarity for feedback pin. If this is 1 then the feedback pin should go high on trigger. If set to 0 then it should go low

Camera options (CAM1_OPTIONS)

Camera options bitmask

Camera Mount instance (CAM1_MNT_INST)

Mount instance camera is associated with. 0 means camera and mount have identical instance numbers e.g. camera1 and mount1

Camera horizontal field of view (CAM1_HFOV)

Camera horizontal field of view. 0 if unknown

Camera vertical field of view (CAM1_VFOV)

Camera vertical field of view. 0 if unknown

CAM2 Parameters

Camera shutter (trigger) type (CAM2_TYPE)

how to trigger the camera to take a picture

Camera shutter duration held open (CAM2_DURATION)

Duration in seconds that the camera shutter is held open

Camera servo ON PWM value (CAM2_SERVO_ON)

PWM value in microseconds to move servo to when shutter is activated

Camera servo OFF PWM value (CAM2_SERVO_OFF)

PWM value in microseconds to move servo to when shutter is deactivated

Camera trigger distance (CAM2_TRIGG_DIST)

Distance in meters between camera triggers. If this value is non-zero then the camera will trigger whenever the position changes by this number of meters regardless of what mode the APM is in. Note that this parameter can also be set in an auto mission using the DO_SET_CAM_TRIGG_DIST command, allowing you to enable/disable the triggering of the camera during the flight.

Camera relay ON value (CAM2_RELAY_ON)

This sets whether the relay goes high or low when it triggers. Note that you should also set RELAY_DEFAULT appropriately for your camera

Camera minimum time interval between photos (CAM2_INTRVAL_MIN)

Postpone shooting if previous picture was taken less than this many seconds ago

Camera feedback pin (CAM2_FEEDBAK_PIN)

pin number to use for save accurate camera feedback messages. If set to -1 then don't use a pin flag for this, otherwise this is a pin number which if held high after a picture trigger order, will save camera messages when camera really takes a picture. A universal camera hot shoe is needed. The pin should be held high for at least 2 milliseconds for reliable trigger detection. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot. See also the CAMx_FEEDBCK_POL option.

Camera feedback pin polarity (CAM2_FEEDBAK_POL)

Polarity for feedback pin. If this is 1 then the feedback pin should go high on trigger. If set to 0 then it should go low

Camera options (CAM2_OPTIONS)

Camera options bitmask

Camera Mount instance (CAM2_MNT_INST)

Mount instance camera is associated with. 0 means camera and mount have identical instance numbers e.g. camera1 and mount1

Camera horizontal field of view (CAM2_HFOV)

Camera horizontal field of view. 0 if unknown

Camera vertical field of view (CAM2_VFOV)

Camera vertical field of view. 0 if unknown

CAM_RC_ Parameters

RunCam device type (CAM_RC_TYPE)

RunCam device type used to determine OSD menu structure and shutter options.

RunCam features available (CAM_RC_FEATURES)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The available features of the attached RunCam device. If 0 then the RunCam device will be queried for the features it supports, otherwise this setting is used.

RunCam boot delay before allowing updates (CAM_RC_BT_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time it takes for the RunCam to become fully ready in ms. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.

RunCam button delay before allowing further button presses (CAM_RC_BTN_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time it takes for the a RunCam button press to be actived in ms. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.

RunCam mode delay before allowing further button presses (CAM_RC_MDE_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time it takes for the a RunCam mode button press to be actived in ms. If a mode change first requires a video recording change then double this value is used. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.

RunCam control option (CAM_RC_CONTROL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies the allowed actions required to enter the OSD menu and other option like autorecording

CAN_ Parameters

Loglevel (CAN_LOGLEVEL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Loglevel for recording initialisation and debug information from CAN Interface

CAN_D1_ Parameters

Enable use of specific protocol over virtual driver (CAN_D1_PROTOCOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enabling this option starts selected protocol that will use this virtual driver

Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing (CAN_D1_PROTOCOL2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing

CAN_D1_PC_ Parameters

ESC channels (CAN_D1_PC_ESC_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask defining which ESC (motor) channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN

ESC output rate (CAN_D1_PC_ESC_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of ESC command messages

Servo channels (CAN_D1_PC_SRV_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask defining which servo channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN

Servo command output rate (CAN_D1_PC_SRV_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of servo command messages

ECU Node ID (CAN_D1_PC_ECU_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Node ID to send ECU throttle messages to. Set to zero to disable ECU throttle messages. Set to 255 to broadcast to all ECUs.

ECU command output rate (CAN_D1_PC_ECU_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of ECU command messages

CAN_D1_UC_ Parameters

DroneCAN node that is used for this network (CAN_D1_UC_NODE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DroneCAN node should be set implicitly

Output channels to be transmitted as servo over DroneCAN (CAN_D1_UC_SRV_BM)

Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a servo command over DroneCAN

Output channels to be transmitted as ESC over DroneCAN (CAN_D1_UC_ESC_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a ESC command over DroneCAN

Servo output rate (CAN_D1_UC_SRV_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for servo outputs

DroneCAN options (CAN_D1_UC_OPTION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Option flags

Notify State rate (CAN_D1_UC_NTF_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for Notify State Message

ESC Output channels offset (CAN_D1_UC_ESC_OF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset for ESC numbering in DroneCAN ESC RawCommand messages. This allows for more efficient packing of ESC command messages. If your ESCs are on servo functions 5 to 8 and you set this parameter to 4 then the ESC RawCommand will be sent with the first 4 slots filled. This can be used for more efficient usage of CAN bandwidth

CAN pool size (CAN_D1_UC_POOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amount of memory in bytes to allocate for the DroneCAN memory pool. More memory is needed for higher CAN bus loads

Bitmask for output channels for reversible ESCs over DroneCAN. (CAN_D1_UC_ESC_RV)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask with one set for each output channel that uses a reversible ESC over DroneCAN. Reversible ESCs use both positive and negative values in RawCommands, with positive commanding the forward direction and negative commanding the reverse direction.

DroneCAN relay output rate (CAN_D1_UC_RLY_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for relay outputs, note that this rate is per message each message does 1 relay, so if with more relays will take longer to update at the same rate, a extra message will be sent when a relay changes state

DroneCAN Serial enable (CAN_D1_UC_SER_EN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable DroneCAN virtual serial ports

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D1_UC_S1_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN remote node number for serial port

DroneCAN Serial1 index (CAN_D1_UC_S1_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

DroneCAN Serial default baud rate (CAN_D1_UC_S1_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D1_UC_S1_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D1_UC_S2_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN remote node number for serial port

Serial port number on remote CAN node (CAN_D1_UC_S2_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

DroneCAN Serial default baud rate (CAN_D1_UC_S2_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D1_UC_S2_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D1_UC_S3_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN node number for serial port

Serial port number on remote CAN node (CAN_D1_UC_S3_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node (CAN_D1_UC_S3_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D1_UC_S3_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

CAN_D2_ Parameters

Enable use of specific protocol over virtual driver (CAN_D2_PROTOCOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enabling this option starts selected protocol that will use this virtual driver

Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing (CAN_D2_PROTOCOL2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing

CAN_D2_PC_ Parameters

ESC channels (CAN_D2_PC_ESC_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask defining which ESC (motor) channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN

ESC output rate (CAN_D2_PC_ESC_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of ESC command messages

Servo channels (CAN_D2_PC_SRV_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask defining which servo channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN

Servo command output rate (CAN_D2_PC_SRV_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of servo command messages

ECU Node ID (CAN_D2_PC_ECU_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Node ID to send ECU throttle messages to. Set to zero to disable ECU throttle messages. Set to 255 to broadcast to all ECUs.

ECU command output rate (CAN_D2_PC_ECU_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of ECU command messages

CAN_D2_UC_ Parameters

DroneCAN node that is used for this network (CAN_D2_UC_NODE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DroneCAN node should be set implicitly

Output channels to be transmitted as servo over DroneCAN (CAN_D2_UC_SRV_BM)

Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a servo command over DroneCAN

Output channels to be transmitted as ESC over DroneCAN (CAN_D2_UC_ESC_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a ESC command over DroneCAN

Servo output rate (CAN_D2_UC_SRV_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for servo outputs

DroneCAN options (CAN_D2_UC_OPTION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Option flags

Notify State rate (CAN_D2_UC_NTF_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for Notify State Message

ESC Output channels offset (CAN_D2_UC_ESC_OF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset for ESC numbering in DroneCAN ESC RawCommand messages. This allows for more efficient packing of ESC command messages. If your ESCs are on servo functions 5 to 8 and you set this parameter to 4 then the ESC RawCommand will be sent with the first 4 slots filled. This can be used for more efficient usage of CAN bandwidth

CAN pool size (CAN_D2_UC_POOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amount of memory in bytes to allocate for the DroneCAN memory pool. More memory is needed for higher CAN bus loads

Bitmask for output channels for reversible ESCs over DroneCAN. (CAN_D2_UC_ESC_RV)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask with one set for each output channel that uses a reversible ESC over DroneCAN. Reversible ESCs use both positive and negative values in RawCommands, with positive commanding the forward direction and negative commanding the reverse direction.

DroneCAN relay output rate (CAN_D2_UC_RLY_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for relay outputs, note that this rate is per message each message does 1 relay, so if with more relays will take longer to update at the same rate, a extra message will be sent when a relay changes state

DroneCAN Serial enable (CAN_D2_UC_SER_EN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable DroneCAN virtual serial ports

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D2_UC_S1_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN remote node number for serial port

DroneCAN Serial1 index (CAN_D2_UC_S1_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

DroneCAN Serial default baud rate (CAN_D2_UC_S1_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D2_UC_S1_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D2_UC_S2_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN remote node number for serial port

Serial port number on remote CAN node (CAN_D2_UC_S2_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

DroneCAN Serial default baud rate (CAN_D2_UC_S2_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D2_UC_S2_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D2_UC_S3_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN node number for serial port

Serial port number on remote CAN node (CAN_D2_UC_S3_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node (CAN_D2_UC_S3_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D2_UC_S3_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

CAN_D3_ Parameters

Enable use of specific protocol over virtual driver (CAN_D3_PROTOCOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enabling this option starts selected protocol that will use this virtual driver

Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing (CAN_D3_PROTOCOL2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing

CAN_D3_PC_ Parameters

ESC channels (CAN_D3_PC_ESC_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask defining which ESC (motor) channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN

ESC output rate (CAN_D3_PC_ESC_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of ESC command messages

Servo channels (CAN_D3_PC_SRV_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask defining which servo channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN

Servo command output rate (CAN_D3_PC_SRV_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of servo command messages

ECU Node ID (CAN_D3_PC_ECU_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Node ID to send ECU throttle messages to. Set to zero to disable ECU throttle messages. Set to 255 to broadcast to all ECUs.

ECU command output rate (CAN_D3_PC_ECU_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Output rate of ECU command messages

CAN_D3_UC_ Parameters

DroneCAN node that is used for this network (CAN_D3_UC_NODE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DroneCAN node should be set implicitly

Output channels to be transmitted as servo over DroneCAN (CAN_D3_UC_SRV_BM)

Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a servo command over DroneCAN

Output channels to be transmitted as ESC over DroneCAN (CAN_D3_UC_ESC_BM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a ESC command over DroneCAN

Servo output rate (CAN_D3_UC_SRV_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for servo outputs

DroneCAN options (CAN_D3_UC_OPTION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Option flags

Notify State rate (CAN_D3_UC_NTF_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for Notify State Message

ESC Output channels offset (CAN_D3_UC_ESC_OF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset for ESC numbering in DroneCAN ESC RawCommand messages. This allows for more efficient packing of ESC command messages. If your ESCs are on servo functions 5 to 8 and you set this parameter to 4 then the ESC RawCommand will be sent with the first 4 slots filled. This can be used for more efficient usage of CAN bandwidth

CAN pool size (CAN_D3_UC_POOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amount of memory in bytes to allocate for the DroneCAN memory pool. More memory is needed for higher CAN bus loads

Bitmask for output channels for reversible ESCs over DroneCAN. (CAN_D3_UC_ESC_RV)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask with one set for each output channel that uses a reversible ESC over DroneCAN. Reversible ESCs use both positive and negative values in RawCommands, with positive commanding the forward direction and negative commanding the reverse direction.

DroneCAN relay output rate (CAN_D3_UC_RLY_RT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum transmit rate for relay outputs, note that this rate is per message each message does 1 relay, so if with more relays will take longer to update at the same rate, a extra message will be sent when a relay changes state

DroneCAN Serial enable (CAN_D3_UC_SER_EN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable DroneCAN virtual serial ports

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D3_UC_S1_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN remote node number for serial port

DroneCAN Serial1 index (CAN_D3_UC_S1_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

DroneCAN Serial default baud rate (CAN_D3_UC_S1_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D3_UC_S1_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D3_UC_S2_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN remote node number for serial port

Serial port number on remote CAN node (CAN_D3_UC_S2_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

DroneCAN Serial default baud rate (CAN_D3_UC_S2_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D3_UC_S2_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

Serial CAN remote node number (CAN_D3_UC_S3_NOD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

CAN node number for serial port

Serial port number on remote CAN node (CAN_D3_UC_S3_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial port number on remote CAN node

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node (CAN_D3_UC_S3_BD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial baud rate on remote CAN node

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port (CAN_D3_UC_S3_PRO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port

CAN_P1_ Parameters

Index of virtual driver to be used with physical CAN interface (CAN_P1_DRIVER)

Enabling this option enables use of CAN buses.

Bitrate of CAN interface (CAN_P1_BITRATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bit rate can be set up to from 10000 to 1000000

Bitrate of CANFD interface (CAN_P1_FDBITRATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bit rate can be set up to from 1000000 to 8000000

CAN_P2_ Parameters

Index of virtual driver to be used with physical CAN interface (CAN_P2_DRIVER)

Enabling this option enables use of CAN buses.

Bitrate of CAN interface (CAN_P2_BITRATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bit rate can be set up to from 10000 to 1000000

Bitrate of CANFD interface (CAN_P2_FDBITRATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bit rate can be set up to from 1000000 to 8000000

CAN_P3_ Parameters

Index of virtual driver to be used with physical CAN interface (CAN_P3_DRIVER)

Enabling this option enables use of CAN buses.

Bitrate of CAN interface (CAN_P3_BITRATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bit rate can be set up to from 10000 to 1000000

Bitrate of CANFD interface (CAN_P3_FDBITRATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bit rate can be set up to from 1000000 to 8000000

CAN_SLCAN_ Parameters

SLCAN Route (CAN_SLCAN_CPORT)

CAN Interface ID to be routed to SLCAN, 0 means no routing

SLCAN Serial Port (CAN_SLCAN_SERNUM)

Serial Port ID to be used for temporary SLCAN iface, -1 means no temporary serial. This parameter is automatically reset on reboot or on timeout. See CAN_SLCAN_TIMOUT for timeout details

SLCAN Timeout (CAN_SLCAN_TIMOUT)

Duration of inactivity after which SLCAN is switched back to original driver in seconds.

SLCAN Start Delay (CAN_SLCAN_SDELAY)

Duration after which slcan starts after setting SERNUM in seconds.

CIRCLE_ Parameters

Circle Radius (CIRCLE_RADIUS)

Defines the radius of the circle the vehicle will fly when in Circle flight mode

Circle rate (CIRCLE_RATE)

Circle mode's turn rate in deg/sec. Positive to turn clockwise, negative for counter clockwise. Circle rate must be less than ATC_SLEW_YAW parameter.

Circle options (CIRCLE_OPTIONS)

0:Enable or disable using the pitch/roll stick control circle mode's radius and rate

COMPASS_ Parameters

Compass offsets in milligauss on the X axis (COMPASS_OFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to the compass x-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Compass offsets in milligauss on the Y axis (COMPASS_OFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to the compass y-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Compass offsets in milligauss on the Z axis (COMPASS_OFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to the compass z-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Compass declination (COMPASS_DEC)

An angle to compensate between the true north and magnetic north

Learn compass offsets automatically (COMPASS_LEARN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable or disable the automatic learning of compass offsets. You can enable learning either using a compass-only method that is suitable only for fixed wing aircraft or using the offsets learnt by the active EKF state estimator. If this option is enabled then the learnt offsets are saved when you disarm the vehicle. If InFlight learning is enabled then the compass with automatically start learning once a flight starts (must be armed). While InFlight learning is running you cannot use position control modes.

Use compass for yaw (COMPASS_USE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable or disable the use of the compass (instead of the GPS) for determining heading

Auto Declination (COMPASS_AUTODEC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable or disable the automatic calculation of the declination based on gps location

Motor interference compensation type (COMPASS_MOTCT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Set motor interference compensation type to disabled, throttle or current. Do not change manually.

Motor interference compensation for body frame X axis (COMPASS_MOT_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to the compass's x-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Motor interference compensation for body frame Y axis (COMPASS_MOT_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to the compass's y-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Motor interference compensation for body frame Z axis (COMPASS_MOT_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to the compass's z-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Compass orientation (COMPASS_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The orientation of the first external compass relative to the vehicle frame. This value will be ignored unless this compass is set as an external compass. When set correctly in the northern hemisphere, pointing the nose and right side down should increase the MagX and MagY values respectively. Rolling the vehicle upside down should decrease the MagZ value. For southern hemisphere, switch increase and decrease. NOTE: For internal compasses, AHRS_ORIENT is used. The label for each option is specified in the order of rotations for that orientation. Firmware versions 4.2 and prior can use a CUSTOM (100) rotation to set the COMPASS_CUS_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles for Compass orientation. Later versions provide two general custom rotations which can be used, Custom 1 and Custom 2, with CUST_1_ROLL/PIT/YAW or CUST_2_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles.

Compass is attached via an external cable (COMPASS_EXTERNAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Configure compass so it is attached externally. This is auto-detected on most boards. Set to 1 if the compass is externally connected. When externally connected the COMPASS_ORIENT option operates independently of the AHRS_ORIENTATION board orientation option. If set to 0 or 1 then auto-detection by bus connection can override the value. If set to 2 then auto-detection will be disabled.

Compass2 offsets in milligauss on the X axis (COMPASS_OFS2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to compass2's x-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Compass2 offsets in milligauss on the Y axis (COMPASS_OFS2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to compass2's y-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Compass2 offsets in milligauss on the Z axis (COMPASS_OFS2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to compass2's z-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Motor interference compensation to compass2 for body frame X axis (COMPASS_MOT2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass2's x-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Motor interference compensation to compass2 for body frame Y axis (COMPASS_MOT2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass2's y-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Motor interference compensation to compass2 for body frame Z axis (COMPASS_MOT2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass2's z-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Compass3 offsets in milligauss on the X axis (COMPASS_OFS3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to compass3's x-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Compass3 offsets in milligauss on the Y axis (COMPASS_OFS3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to compass3's y-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Compass3 offsets in milligauss on the Z axis (COMPASS_OFS3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset to be added to compass3's z-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame

Motor interference compensation to compass3 for body frame X axis (COMPASS_MOT3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass3's x-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Motor interference compensation to compass3 for body frame Y axis (COMPASS_MOT3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass3's y-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Motor interference compensation to compass3 for body frame Z axis (COMPASS_MOT3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass3's z-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)

Compass device id (COMPASS_DEV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compass device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually

Compass2 device id (COMPASS_DEV_ID2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually

Compass3 device id (COMPASS_DEV_ID3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually

Compass2 used for yaw (COMPASS_USE2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable or disable the secondary compass for determining heading.

Compass2 orientation (COMPASS_ORIENT2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The orientation of a second external compass relative to the vehicle frame. This value will be ignored unless this compass is set as an external compass. When set correctly in the northern hemisphere, pointing the nose and right side down should increase the MagX and MagY values respectively. Rolling the vehicle upside down should decrease the MagZ value. For southern hemisphere, switch increase and decrease. NOTE: For internal compasses, AHRS_ORIENT is used. The label for each option is specified in the order of rotations for that orientation. Firmware versions 4.2 and prior can use a CUSTOM (100) rotation to set the COMPASS_CUS_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles for Compass orientation. Later versions provide two general custom rotations which can be used, Custom 1 and Custom 2, with CUST_1_ROLL/PIT/YAW or CUST_2_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles.

Compass2 is attached via an external cable (COMPASS_EXTERN2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Configure second compass so it is attached externally. This is auto-detected on most boards. If set to 0 or 1 then auto-detection by bus connection can override the value. If set to 2 then auto-detection will be disabled.

Compass3 used for yaw (COMPASS_USE3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable or disable the tertiary compass for determining heading.

Compass3 orientation (COMPASS_ORIENT3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The orientation of a third external compass relative to the vehicle frame. This value will be ignored unless this compass is set as an external compass. When set correctly in the northern hemisphere, pointing the nose and right side down should increase the MagX and MagY values respectively. Rolling the vehicle upside down should decrease the MagZ value. For southern hemisphere, switch increase and decrease. NOTE: For internal compasses, AHRS_ORIENT is used. The label for each option is specified in the order of rotations for that orientation. Firmware versions 4.2 and prior can use a CUSTOM (100) rotation to set the COMPASS_CUS_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles for Compass orientation. Later versions provide two general custom rotations which can be used, Custom 1 and Custom 2, with CUST_1_ROLL/PIT/YAW or CUST_2_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles.

Compass3 is attached via an external cable (COMPASS_EXTERN3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Configure third compass so it is attached externally. This is auto-detected on most boards. If set to 0 or 1 then auto-detection by bus connection can override the value. If set to 2 then auto-detection will be disabled.

Compass soft-iron diagonal X component (COMPASS_DIA_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_X in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass soft-iron diagonal Y component (COMPASS_DIA_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_Y in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass soft-iron diagonal Z component (COMPASS_DIA_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_Z in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass soft-iron off-diagonal X component (COMPASS_ODI_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_X in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass soft-iron off-diagonal Y component (COMPASS_ODI_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_Y in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass soft-iron off-diagonal Z component (COMPASS_ODI_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_Z in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass2 soft-iron diagonal X component (COMPASS_DIA2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_X in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass2 soft-iron diagonal Y component (COMPASS_DIA2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_Y in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass2 soft-iron diagonal Z component (COMPASS_DIA2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_Z in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass2 soft-iron off-diagonal X component (COMPASS_ODI2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_X in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass2 soft-iron off-diagonal Y component (COMPASS_ODI2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_Y in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass2 soft-iron off-diagonal Z component (COMPASS_ODI2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_Z in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass3 soft-iron diagonal X component (COMPASS_DIA3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_X in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass3 soft-iron diagonal Y component (COMPASS_DIA3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_Y in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass3 soft-iron diagonal Z component (COMPASS_DIA3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DIA_Z in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass3 soft-iron off-diagonal X component (COMPASS_ODI3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_X in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass3 soft-iron off-diagonal Y component (COMPASS_ODI3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_Y in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass3 soft-iron off-diagonal Z component (COMPASS_ODI3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ODI_Z in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]

Compass calibration fitness (COMPASS_CAL_FIT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the fitness level required for a successful compass calibration. A lower value makes for a stricter fit (less likely to pass). This is the value used for the primary magnetometer. Other magnetometers get double the value.

Compass maximum offset (COMPASS_OFFS_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the maximum allowed compass offset in calibration and arming checks

Compass disable driver type mask (COMPASS_DISBLMSK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is a bitmask of driver types to disable. If a driver type is set in this mask then that driver will not try to find a sensor at startup

Range in which sample is accepted (COMPASS_FLTR_RNG)

This sets the range around the average value that new samples must be within to be accepted. This can help reduce the impact of noise on sensors that are on long I2C cables. The value is a percentage from the average value. A value of zero disables this filter.

Automatically check orientation (COMPASS_AUTO_ROT)

When enabled this will automatically check the orientation of compasses on successful completion of compass calibration. If set to 2 then external compasses will have their orientation automatically corrected.

Compass device id with 1st order priority (COMPASS_PRIO1_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compass device id with 1st order priority, set automatically if 0. Reboot required after change.

Compass device id with 2nd order priority (COMPASS_PRIO2_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compass device id with 2nd order priority, set automatically if 0. Reboot required after change.

Compass device id with 3rd order priority (COMPASS_PRIO3_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compass device id with 3rd order priority, set automatically if 0. Reboot required after change.

Enable Compass (COMPASS_ENABLE)

Setting this to Enabled(1) will enable the compass. Setting this to Disabled(0) will disable the compass. Note that this is separate from COMPASS_USE. This will enable the low level senor, and will enable logging of magnetometer data. To use the compass for navigation you must also set COMPASS_USE to 1.

Compass1 scale factor (COMPASS_SCALE)

Scaling factor for first compass to compensate for sensor scaling errors. If this is 0 then no scaling is done

Compass2 scale factor (COMPASS_SCALE2)

Scaling factor for 2nd compass to compensate for sensor scaling errors. If this is 0 then no scaling is done

Compass3 scale factor (COMPASS_SCALE3)

Scaling factor for 3rd compass to compensate for sensor scaling errors. If this is 0 then no scaling is done

Compass options (COMPASS_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets options to change the behaviour of the compass

Compass4 device id (COMPASS_DEV_ID4)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Extra 4th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually

Compass5 device id (COMPASS_DEV_ID5)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Extra 5th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually

Compass6 device id (COMPASS_DEV_ID6)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Extra 6th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually

Compass7 device id (COMPASS_DEV_ID7)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Extra 7th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually

Compass8 device id (COMPASS_DEV_ID8)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Extra 8th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually

Custom orientation roll offset (COMPASS_CUS_ROLL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compass mounting position roll offset. Positive values = roll right, negative values = roll left. This parameter is only used when COMPASS_ORIENT/2/3 is set to CUSTOM.

Custom orientation pitch offset (COMPASS_CUS_PIT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compass mounting position pitch offset. Positive values = pitch up, negative values = pitch down. This parameter is only used when COMPASS_ORIENT/2/3 is set to CUSTOM.

Custom orientation yaw offset (COMPASS_CUS_YAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compass mounting position yaw offset. Positive values = yaw right, negative values = yaw left. This parameter is only used when COMPASS_ORIENT/2/3 is set to CUSTOM.

COMPASS_PMOT Parameters

per-motor compass correction enable (COMPASS_PMOT_EN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This enables per-motor compass corrections

per-motor exponential correction (COMPASS_PMOT_EXP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the exponential correction for the power output of the motor for per-motor compass correction

Compass per-motor1 X (COMPASS_PMOT1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for X axis of motor1

Compass per-motor1 Y (COMPASS_PMOT1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for Y axis of motor1

Compass per-motor1 Z (COMPASS_PMOT1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for Z axis of motor1

Compass per-motor2 X (COMPASS_PMOT2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for X axis of motor2

Compass per-motor2 Y (COMPASS_PMOT2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for Y axis of motor2

Compass per-motor2 Z (COMPASS_PMOT2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for Z axis of motor2

Compass per-motor3 X (COMPASS_PMOT3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for X axis of motor3

Compass per-motor3 Y (COMPASS_PMOT3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for Y axis of motor3

Compass per-motor3 Z (COMPASS_PMOT3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for Z axis of motor3

Compass per-motor4 X (COMPASS_PMOT4_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for X axis of motor4

Compass per-motor4 Y (COMPASS_PMOT4_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for Y axis of motor4

Compass per-motor4 Z (COMPASS_PMOT4_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Compensation for Z axis of motor4

CUST_ROT Parameters

Enable Custom rotations (CUST_ROT_ENABLE)

This enables custom rotations

CUST_ROT1_ Parameters

Custom roll (CUST_ROT1_ROLL)

Custom euler roll, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering

Custom pitch (CUST_ROT1_PITCH)

Custom euler pitch, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering

Custom yaw (CUST_ROT1_YAW)

Custom euler yaw, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering

CUST_ROT2_ Parameters

Custom roll (CUST_ROT2_ROLL)

Custom euler roll, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering

Custom pitch (CUST_ROT2_PITCH)

Custom euler pitch, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering

Custom yaw (CUST_ROT2_YAW)

Custom euler yaw, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering

DDS Parameters

DDS enable (DDS_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable DDS subsystem

DDS UDP port (DDS_UDP_PORT)

UDP port number for DDS

DDS_IP Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (DDS_IP0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (DDS_IP1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (DDS_IP2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (DDS_IP3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

DID_ Parameters

Enable ODID subsystem (DID_ENABLE)

Enable ODID subsystem

MAVLink serial port (DID_MAVPORT)

Serial port number to send OpenDroneID MAVLink messages to. Can be -1 if using DroneCAN.

DroneCAN driver number (DID_CANDRIVER)

DroneCAN driver index, 0 to disable DroneCAN

OpenDroneID options (DID_OPTIONS)

Options for OpenDroneID subsystem

Barometer vertical accuraacy (DID_BARO_ACC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Barometer Vertical Accuracy when installed in the vehicle. Note this is dependent upon installation conditions and thus disabled by default

EAHRS Parameters

AHRS type (EAHRS_TYPE)

Type of AHRS device

AHRS data rate (EAHRS_RATE)

Requested rate for AHRS device

External AHRS options (EAHRS_OPTIONS)

External AHRS options bitmask

External AHRS sensors (EAHRS_SENSORS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

External AHRS sensors bitmask

EFI Parameters

EFI communication type (EFI_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

What method of communication is used for EFI #1

EFI Calibration Coefficient 1 (EFI_COEF1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to calibrate fuel flow for MS protocol (Slope). This should be calculated from a log at constant fuel usage rate. Plot (ECYL[0].InjT*EFI.Rpm)/600.0 to get the duty_cycle. Measure actual fuel usage in cm^3/min, and set EFI_COEF1 = fuel_usage_cm3permin / duty_cycle

EFI Calibration Coefficient 2 (EFI_COEF2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to calibrate fuel flow for MS protocol (Offset). This can be used to correct for a non-zero offset in the fuel consumption calculation of EFI_COEF1

ECU Fuel Density (EFI_FUEL_DENS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Used to calculate fuel consumption

EFI_THRLIN Parameters

Enable throttle linearisation (EFI_THRLIN_EN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable EFI throttle linearisation

Throttle linearisation - First Order (EFI_THRLIN_COEF1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First Order Polynomial Coefficient. (=1, if throttle is first order polynomial trendline)

Throttle linearisation - Second Order (EFI_THRLIN_COEF2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second Order Polynomial Coefficient (=0, if throttle is second order polynomial trendline)

Throttle linearisation - Third Order (EFI_THRLIN_COEF3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third Order Polynomial Coefficient. (=0, if throttle is third order polynomial trendline)

throttle linearization offset (EFI_THRLIN_OFS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Offset for throttle linearization

EK2_ Parameters

Enable EKF2 (EK2_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This enables EKF2. Enabling EKF2 only makes the maths run, it does not mean it will be used for flight control. To use it for flight control set AHRS_EKF_TYPE=2. A reboot or restart will need to be performed after changing the value of EK2_ENABLE for it to take effect.

GPS mode control (EK2_GPS_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls use of GPS measurements : 0 = use 3D velocity & 2D position, 1 = use 2D velocity and 2D position, 2 = use 2D position, 3 = Inhibit GPS use - this can be useful when flying with an optical flow sensor in an environment where GPS quality is poor and subject to large multipath errors.

GPS horizontal velocity measurement noise (m/s) (EK2_VELNE_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets a lower limit on the speed accuracy reported by the GPS receiver that is used to set horizontal velocity observation noise. If the model of receiver used does not provide a speed accurcy estimate, then the parameter value will be used. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the GPS horizontal velocity measurements.

GPS vertical velocity measurement noise (m/s) (EK2_VELD_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets a lower limit on the speed accuracy reported by the GPS receiver that is used to set vertical velocity observation noise. If the model of receiver used does not provide a speed accurcy estimate, then the parameter value will be used. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the GPS vertical velocity measurements.

GPS velocity innovation gate size (EK2_VEL_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the GPS velocity measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

GPS horizontal position measurement noise (m) (EK2_POSNE_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the GPS horizontal position observation noise. Increasing it reduces the weighting of GPS horizontal position measurements.

GPS position measurement gate size (EK2_POS_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the GPS position measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

GPS glitch radius gate size (m) (EK2_GLITCH_RAD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum radial uncertainty in position between the value predicted by the filter and the value measured by the GPS before the filter position and velocity states are reset to the GPS. Making this value larger allows the filter to ignore larger GPS glitches but also means that non-GPS errors such as IMU and compass can create a larger error in position before the filter is forced back to the GPS position.

Primary altitude sensor source (EK2_ALT_SOURCE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Primary height sensor used by the EKF. If a sensor other than Baro is selected and becomes unavailable, then the Baro sensor will be used as a fallback. NOTE: The EK2_RNG_USE_HGT parameter can be used to switch to range-finder when close to the ground in conjunction with EK2_ALT_SOURCE = 0 or 2 (Baro or GPS).

Altitude measurement noise (m) (EK2_ALT_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in the altitude measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the baro measurement and will make the filter respond more slowly to baro measurement errors, but will make it more sensitive to GPS and accelerometer errors.

Height measurement gate size (EK2_HGT_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the height measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Height measurement delay (msec) (EK2_HGT_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the number of msec that the Height measurements lag behind the inertial measurements.

Magnetometer measurement noise (Gauss) (EK2_MAG_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in magnetometer measurements. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.

Magnetometer default fusion mode (EK2_MAG_CAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This determines when the filter will use the 3-axis magnetometer fusion model that estimates both earth and body fixed magnetic field states, when it will use a simpler magnetic heading fusion model that does not use magnetic field states and when it will use an alternative method of yaw determination to the magnetometer. The 3-axis magnetometer fusion is only suitable for use when the external magnetic field environment is stable. EK2_MAG_CAL = 0 uses heading fusion on ground, 3-axis fusion in-flight, and is the default setting for Plane users. EK2_MAG_CAL = 1 uses 3-axis fusion only when manoeuvring. EK2_MAG_CAL = 2 uses heading fusion at all times, is recommended if the external magnetic field is varying and is the default for rovers. EK2_MAG_CAL = 3 uses heading fusion on the ground and 3-axis fusion after the first in-air field and yaw reset has completed, and is the default for copters. EK2_MAG_CAL = 4 uses 3-axis fusion at all times. NOTE: The fusion mode can be forced to 2 for specific EKF cores using the EK2_MAG_MASK parameter. NOTE: limited operation without a magnetometer or any other yaw sensor is possible by setting all COMPASS_USE, COMPASS_USE2, COMPASS_USE3, etc parameters to 0 with COMPASS_ENABLE set to 1. If this is done, the EK2_GSF_RUN and EK2_GSF_USE masks must be set to the same as EK2_IMU_MASK.

Magnetometer measurement gate size (EK2_MAG_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the magnetometer measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Equivalent airspeed measurement noise (m/s) (EK2_EAS_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in equivalent airspeed measurements used by planes. Increasing it reduces the weighting of airspeed measurements and will make wind speed estimates less noisy and slower to converge. Increasing also increases navigation errors when dead-reckoning without GPS measurements.

Airspeed measurement gate size (EK2_EAS_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the airspeed measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Range finder measurement noise (m) (EK2_RNG_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in the range finder measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting on this measurement.

Range finder measurement gate size (EK2_RNG_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the range finder innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Maximum valid optical flow rate (EK2_MAX_FLOW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the magnitude maximum optical flow rate in rad/sec that will be accepted by the filter

Optical flow measurement noise (rad/s) (EK2_FLOW_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise and errors in optical flow measurements. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.

Optical Flow measurement gate size (EK2_FLOW_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the optical flow innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Optical Flow measurement delay (msec) (EK2_FLOW_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the number of msec that the optical flow measurements lag behind the inertial measurements. It is the time from the end of the optical flow averaging period and does not include the time delay due to the 100msec of averaging within the flow sensor.

Rate gyro noise (rad/s) (EK2_GYRO_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This control disturbance noise controls the growth of estimated error due to gyro measurement errors excluding bias. Increasing it makes the flter trust the gyro measurements less and other measurements more.

Accelerometer noise (m/s^2) (EK2_ACC_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This control disturbance noise controls the growth of estimated error due to accelerometer measurement errors excluding bias. Increasing it makes the flter trust the accelerometer measurements less and other measurements more.

Rate gyro bias stability (rad/s/s) (EK2_GBIAS_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This state process noise controls growth of the gyro delta angle bias state error estimate. Increasing it makes rate gyro bias estimation faster and noisier.

Rate gyro scale factor stability (1/s) (EK2_GSCL_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This noise controls the rate of gyro scale factor learning. Increasing it makes rate gyro scale factor estimation faster and noisier.

Accelerometer bias stability (m/s^3) (EK2_ABIAS_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This noise controls the growth of the vertical accelerometer delta velocity bias state error estimate. Increasing it makes accelerometer bias estimation faster and noisier.

Wind velocity process noise (m/s^2) (EK2_WIND_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This state process noise controls the growth of wind state error estimates. Increasing it makes wind estimation faster and noisier.

Height rate to wind process noise scaler (EK2_WIND_PSCALE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls how much the process noise on the wind states is increased when gaining or losing altitude to take into account changes in wind speed and direction with altitude. Increasing this parameter increases how rapidly the wind states adapt when changing altitude, but does make wind velocity estimation noiser.

GPS preflight check (EK2_GPS_CHECK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is a 1 byte bitmap controlling which GPS preflight checks are performed. Set to 0 to bypass all checks. Set to 255 perform all checks. Set to 3 to check just the number of satellites and HDoP. Set to 31 for the most rigorous checks that will still allow checks to pass when the copter is moving, eg launch from a boat.

Bitmask of active IMUs (EK2_IMU_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

1 byte bitmap of IMUs to use in EKF2. A separate instance of EKF2 will be started for each IMU selected. Set to 1 to use the first IMU only (default), set to 2 to use the second IMU only, set to 3 to use the first and second IMU. Additional IMU's can be used up to a maximum of 6 if memory and processing resources permit. There may be insufficient memory and processing resources to run multiple instances. If this occurs EKF2 will fail to start.

GPS accuracy check scaler (%) (EK2_CHECK_SCALE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This scales the thresholds that are used to check GPS accuracy before it is used by the EKF. A value of 100 is the default. Values greater than 100 increase and values less than 100 reduce the maximum GPS error the EKF will accept. A value of 200 will double the allowable GPS error.

Non-GPS operation position uncertainty (m) (EK2_NOAID_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the amount of position variation that the EKF allows for when operating without external measurements (eg GPS or optical flow). Increasing this parameter makes the EKF attitude estimate less sensitive to vehicle manoeuvres but more sensitive to IMU errors.

Yaw measurement noise (rad) (EK2_YAW_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in yaw measurements from the magnetometer. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.

Yaw measurement gate size (EK2_YAW_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the magnetometer yaw measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Output complementary filter time constant (centi-sec) (EK2_TAU_OUTPUT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the time constant of the output complementary filter/predictor in centi-seconds.

Earth magnetic field process noise (gauss/s) (EK2_MAGE_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This state process noise controls the growth of earth magnetic field state error estimates. Increasing it makes earth magnetic field estimation faster and noisier.

Body magnetic field process noise (gauss/s) (EK2_MAGB_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This state process noise controls the growth of body magnetic field state error estimates. Increasing it makes magnetometer bias error estimation faster and noisier.

Range finder switch height percentage (EK2_RNG_USE_HGT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Range finder can be used as the primary height source when below this percentage of its maximum range (see RNGFND_MAX_CM). This will not work unless Baro or GPS height is selected as the primary height source vis EK2_ALT_SOURCE = 0 or 2 respectively. This feature should not be used for terrain following as it is designed for vertical takeoff and landing with climb above the range finder use height before commencing the mission, and with horizontal position changes below that height being limited to a flat region around the takeoff and landing point.

Maximum terrain gradient (EK2_TERR_GRAD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies the maximum gradient of the terrain below the vehicle assumed when it is fusing range finder or optical flow to estimate terrain height.

Range beacon measurement noise (m) (EK2_BCN_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in the range beacon measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting on this measurement.

Range beacon measurement gate size (EK2_BCN_I_GTE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the range beacon measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Range beacon measurement delay (msec) (EK2_BCN_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the number of msec that the range beacon measurements lag behind the inertial measurements. It is the time from the end of the optical flow averaging period and does not include the time delay due to the 100msec of averaging within the flow sensor.

Range finder max ground speed (EK2_RNG_USE_SPD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The range finder will not be used as the primary height source when the horizontal ground speed is greater than this value.

Bitmask of active EKF cores that will always use heading fusion (EK2_MAG_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

1 byte bitmap of EKF cores that will disable magnetic field states and use simple magnetic heading fusion at all times. This parameter enables specified cores to be used as a backup for flight into an environment with high levels of external magnetic interference which may degrade the EKF attitude estimate when using 3-axis magnetometer fusion. NOTE : Use of a different magnetometer fusion algorithm on different cores makes unwanted EKF core switches due to magnetometer errors more likely.

Bitmask control of EKF reference height correction (EK2_OGN_HGT_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

When a height sensor other than GPS is used as the primary height source by the EKF, the position of the zero height datum is defined by that sensor and its frame of reference. If a GPS height measurement is also available, then the height of the WGS-84 height datum used by the EKF can be corrected so that the height returned by the getLLH() function is compensated for primary height sensor drift and change in datum over time. The first two bit positions control when the height datum will be corrected. Correction is performed using a Bayes filter and only operates when GPS quality permits. The third bit position controls where the corrections to the GPS reference datum are applied. Corrections can be applied to the local vertical position or to the reported EKF origin height (default).

Optical flow use bitmask (EK2_FLOW_USE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls if the optical flow data is fused into the 24-state navigation estimator OR the 1-state terrain height estimator.

EarthField error limit (EK2_MAG_EF_LIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This limits the difference between the learned earth magnetic field and the earth field from the world magnetic model tables. A value of zero means to disable the use of the WMM tables.

Height rate filter crossover frequency (EK2_HRT_FILT)

Specifies the crossover frequency of the complementary filter used to calculate the output predictor height rate derivative.

Bitmask of which EKF-GSF yaw estimators run (EK2_GSF_RUN_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

A bitmask of which EKF2 instances run an independant EKF-GSF yaw estimator to provide a backup yaw estimate that doesn't rely on magnetometer data. This estimator uses IMU, GPS and, if available, airspeed data. EKF-GSF yaw estimator data for the primary EKF2 instance will be logged as GSF0 and GSF1 messages. Use of the yaw estimate generated by this algorithm is controlled by the EK2_GSF_USE_MASK and EK2_GSF_RST_MAX parameters. To run the EKF-GSF yaw estimator in ride-along and logging only, set EK2_GSF_USE_MASK to 0.

Bitmask of which EKF-GSF yaw estimators are used (EK2_GSF_USE_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

1 byte bitmap of which EKF2 instances will use the output from the EKF-GSF yaw estimator that has been turned on by the EK2_GSF_RUN_MASK parameter. If the inertial navigation calculation stops following the GPS, then the vehicle code can request EKF2 to attempt to resolve the issue, either by performing a yaw reset if enabled by this parameter by switching to another EKF2 instance.

Maximum number of resets to the EKF-GSF yaw estimate allowed (EK2_GSF_RST_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the maximum number of times the EKF2 will be allowed to reset its yaw to the estimate from the EKF-GSF yaw estimator. No resets will be allowed unless the use of the EKF-GSF yaw estimate is enabled via the EK2_GSF_USE_MASK parameter.

EK3_ Parameters

Enable EKF3 (EK3_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This enables EKF3. Enabling EKF3 only makes the maths run, it does not mean it will be used for flight control. To use it for flight control set AHRS_EKF_TYPE=3. A reboot or restart will need to be performed after changing the value of EK3_ENABLE for it to take effect.

GPS horizontal velocity measurement noise (m/s) (EK3_VELNE_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets a lower limit on the speed accuracy reported by the GPS receiver that is used to set horizontal velocity observation noise. If the model of receiver used does not provide a speed accurcy estimate, then the parameter value will be used. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the GPS horizontal velocity measurements.

GPS vertical velocity measurement noise (m/s) (EK3_VELD_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets a lower limit on the speed accuracy reported by the GPS receiver that is used to set vertical velocity observation noise. If the model of receiver used does not provide a speed accurcy estimate, then the parameter value will be used. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the GPS vertical velocity measurements.

GPS velocity innovation gate size (EK3_VEL_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the GPS velocity measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted. If EK3_GLITCH_RAD set to 0 the velocity innovations will be clipped instead of rejected if they exceed the gate size and a smaller value of EK3_VEL_I_GATE not exceeding 300 is recommended to limit the effect of GPS transient errors.

GPS horizontal position measurement noise (m) (EK3_POSNE_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the GPS horizontal position observation noise. Increasing it reduces the weighting of GPS horizontal position measurements.

GPS position measurement gate size (EK3_POS_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the GPS position measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted. If EK3_GLITCH_RAD has been set to 0 the horizontal position innovations will be clipped instead of rejected if they exceed the gate size so a smaller value of EK3_POS_I_GATE not exceeding 300 is recommended to limit the effect of GPS transient errors.

GPS glitch radius gate size (m) (EK3_GLITCH_RAD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the maximum radial uncertainty in position between the value predicted by the filter and the value measured by the GPS before the filter position and velocity states are reset to the GPS. Making this value larger allows the filter to ignore larger GPS glitches but also means that non-GPS errors such as IMU and compass can create a larger error in position before the filter is forced back to the GPS position. If EK3_GLITCH_RAD set to 0 the GPS innovations will be clipped instead of rejected if they exceed the gate size set by EK3_VEL_I_GATE and EK3_POS_I_GATE which can be useful if poor quality sensor data is causing GPS rejection and loss of navigation but does make the EKF more susceptible to GPS glitches. If setting EK3_GLITCH_RAD to 0 it is recommended to reduce EK3_VEL_I_GATE and EK3_POS_I_GATE to 300.

Altitude measurement noise (m) (EK3_ALT_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in the altitude measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the baro measurement and will make the filter respond more slowly to baro measurement errors, but will make it more sensitive to GPS and accelerometer errors. A larger value for EK3_ALT_M_NSE may be required when operating with EK3_SRCx_POSZ = 0. This parameter also sets the noise for the 'synthetic' zero height measurement that is used when EK3_SRCx_POSZ = 0.

Height measurement gate size (EK3_HGT_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the height measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted. If EK3_GLITCH_RAD set to 0 the vertical position innovations will be clipped instead of rejected if they exceed the gate size and a smaller value of EK3_HGT_I_GATE not exceeding 300 is recommended to limit the effect of height sensor transient errors.

Height measurement delay (msec) (EK3_HGT_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the number of msec that the Height measurements lag behind the inertial measurements.

Magnetometer measurement noise (Gauss) (EK3_MAG_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in magnetometer measurements. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.

Magnetometer default fusion mode (EK3_MAG_CAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This determines when the filter will use the 3-axis magnetometer fusion model that estimates both earth and body fixed magnetic field states and when it will use a simpler magnetic heading fusion model that does not use magnetic field states. The 3-axis magnetometer fusion is only suitable for use when the external magnetic field environment is stable. EK3_MAG_CAL = 0 uses heading fusion on ground, 3-axis fusion in-flight, and is the default setting for Plane users. EK3_MAG_CAL = 1 uses 3-axis fusion only when manoeuvring. EK3_MAG_CAL = 2 uses heading fusion at all times, is recommended if the external magnetic field is varying and is the default for rovers. EK3_MAG_CAL = 3 uses heading fusion on the ground and 3-axis fusion after the first in-air field and yaw reset has completed, and is the default for copters. EK3_MAG_CAL = 4 uses 3-axis fusion at all times. EK3_MAG_CAL = 5 uses an external yaw sensor with simple heading fusion. NOTE : Use of simple heading magnetometer fusion makes vehicle compass calibration and alignment errors harder for the EKF to detect which reduces the sensitivity of the Copter EKF failsafe algorithm. NOTE: The fusion mode can be forced to 2 for specific EKF cores using the EK3_MAG_MASK parameter. EK3_MAG_CAL = 6 uses an external yaw sensor with fallback to compass when the external sensor is not available if we are flying. NOTE: The fusion mode can be forced to 2 for specific EKF cores using the EK3_MAG_MASK parameter. NOTE: limited operation without a magnetometer or any other yaw sensor is possible by setting all COMPASS_USE, COMPASS_USE2, COMPASS_USE3, etc parameters to 0 and setting COMPASS_ENABLE to 0. If this is done, the EK3_GSF_RUN and EK3_GSF_USE masks must be set to the same as EK3_IMU_MASK. A yaw angle derived from IMU and GPS velocity data using a Gaussian Sum Filter (GSF) will then be used to align the yaw when flight commences and there is sufficient movement.

Magnetometer measurement gate size (EK3_MAG_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the magnetometer measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Equivalent airspeed measurement noise (m/s) (EK3_EAS_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in equivalent airspeed measurements used by planes. Increasing it reduces the weighting of airspeed measurements and will make wind speed estimates less noisy and slower to converge. Increasing also increases navigation errors when dead-reckoning without GPS measurements.

Airspeed measurement gate size (EK3_EAS_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the airspeed measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Range finder measurement noise (m) (EK3_RNG_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in the range finder measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting on this measurement.

Range finder measurement gate size (EK3_RNG_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the range finder innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Maximum valid optical flow rate (EK3_MAX_FLOW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the magnitude maximum optical flow rate in rad/sec that will be accepted by the filter

Optical flow measurement noise (rad/s) (EK3_FLOW_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise and errors in optical flow measurements. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.

Optical Flow measurement gate size (EK3_FLOW_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the optical flow innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Optical Flow measurement delay (msec) (EK3_FLOW_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the number of msec that the optical flow measurements lag behind the inertial measurements. It is the time from the end of the optical flow averaging period and does not include the time delay due to the 100msec of averaging within the flow sensor.

Rate gyro noise (rad/s) (EK3_GYRO_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This control disturbance noise controls the growth of estimated error due to gyro measurement errors excluding bias. Increasing it makes the flter trust the gyro measurements less and other measurements more.

Accelerometer noise (m/s^2) (EK3_ACC_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This control disturbance noise controls the growth of estimated error due to accelerometer measurement errors excluding bias. Increasing it makes the flter trust the accelerometer measurements less and other measurements more.

Rate gyro bias stability (rad/s/s) (EK3_GBIAS_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This state process noise controls growth of the gyro delta angle bias state error estimate. Increasing it makes rate gyro bias estimation faster and noisier.

Accelerometer bias stability (m/s^3) (EK3_ABIAS_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This noise controls the growth of the vertical accelerometer delta velocity bias state error estimate. Increasing it makes accelerometer bias estimation faster and noisier.

Wind velocity process noise (m/s^2) (EK3_WIND_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This state process noise controls the growth of wind state error estimates. Increasing it makes wind estimation faster and noisier.

Height rate to wind process noise scaler (EK3_WIND_PSCALE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls how much the process noise on the wind states is increased when gaining or losing altitude to take into account changes in wind speed and direction with altitude. Increasing this parameter increases how rapidly the wind states adapt when changing altitude, but does make wind velocity estimation noiser.

GPS preflight check (EK3_GPS_CHECK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is a 1 byte bitmap controlling which GPS preflight checks are performed. Set to 0 to bypass all checks. Set to 255 perform all checks. Set to 3 to check just the number of satellites and HDoP. Set to 31 for the most rigorous checks that will still allow checks to pass when the copter is moving, eg launch from a boat.

Bitmask of active IMUs (EK3_IMU_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

1 byte bitmap of IMUs to use in EKF3. A separate instance of EKF3 will be started for each IMU selected. Set to 1 to use the first IMU only (default), set to 2 to use the second IMU only, set to 3 to use the first and second IMU. Additional IMU's can be used up to a maximum of 6 if memory and processing resources permit. There may be insufficient memory and processing resources to run multiple instances. If this occurs EKF3 will fail to start.

GPS accuracy check scaler (%) (EK3_CHECK_SCALE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This scales the thresholds that are used to check GPS accuracy before it is used by the EKF. A value of 100 is the default. Values greater than 100 increase and values less than 100 reduce the maximum GPS error the EKF will accept. A value of 200 will double the allowable GPS error.

Non-GPS operation position uncertainty (m) (EK3_NOAID_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the amount of position variation that the EKF allows for when operating without external measurements (eg GPS or optical flow). Increasing this parameter makes the EKF attitude estimate less sensitive to vehicle manoeuvres but more sensitive to IMU errors.

Bitmask controlling sidelip angle fusion (EK3_BETA_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

1 byte bitmap controlling use of sideslip angle fusion for estimation of non wind states during operation of 'fly forward' vehicle types such as fixed wing planes. By assuming that the angle of sideslip is small, the wind velocity state estimates are corrected whenever the EKF is not dead reckoning (e.g. has an independent velocity or position sensor such as GPS). This behaviour is on by default and cannot be disabled. When the EKF is dead reckoning, the wind states are used as a reference, enabling use of the small angle of sideslip assumption to correct non wind velocity states (eg attitude, velocity, position, etc) and improve navigation accuracy. This behaviour is on by default and cannot be disabled. The behaviour controlled by this parameter is the use of the small angle of sideslip assumption to correct non wind velocity states when the EKF is NOT dead reckoning. This is primarily of benefit to reduce the buildup of yaw angle errors during straight and level flight without a yaw sensor (e.g. magnetometer or dual antenna GPS yaw) provided aerobatic flight maneuvers with large sideslip angles are not performed. The 'always' option might be used where the yaw sensor is intentionally not fitted or disabled. The 'WhenNoYawSensor' option might be used if a yaw sensor is fitted, but protection against in-flight failure and continual rejection by the EKF is desired. For vehicles operated within visual range of the operator performing frequent turning maneuvers, setting this parameter is unnecessary.

Yaw measurement noise (rad) (EK3_YAW_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in yaw measurements from the magnetometer. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.

Yaw measurement gate size (EK3_YAW_I_GATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the magnetometer yaw measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Output complementary filter time constant (centi-sec) (EK3_TAU_OUTPUT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the time constant of the output complementary filter/predictor in centi-seconds.

Earth magnetic field process noise (gauss/s) (EK3_MAGE_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This state process noise controls the growth of earth magnetic field state error estimates. Increasing it makes earth magnetic field estimation faster and noisier.

Body magnetic field process noise (gauss/s) (EK3_MAGB_P_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This state process noise controls the growth of body magnetic field state error estimates. Increasing it makes magnetometer bias error estimation faster and noisier.

Range finder switch height percentage (EK3_RNG_USE_HGT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Range finder can be used as the primary height source when below this percentage of its maximum range (see RNGFNDx_MAX_CM) and the primary height source is Baro or GPS (see EK3_SRCx_POSZ). This feature should not be used for terrain following as it is designed for vertical takeoff and landing with climb above the range finder use height before commencing the mission, and with horizontal position changes below that height being limited to a flat region around the takeoff and landing point.

Maximum terrain gradient (EK3_TERR_GRAD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies the maximum gradient of the terrain below the vehicle when it is using range finder as a height reference

Range beacon measurement noise (m) (EK3_BCN_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the RMS value of noise in the range beacon measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting on this measurement.

Range beacon measurement gate size (EK3_BCN_I_GTE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the range beacon measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.

Range beacon measurement delay (msec) (EK3_BCN_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the number of msec that the range beacon measurements lag behind the inertial measurements.

Range finder max ground speed (EK3_RNG_USE_SPD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The range finder will not be used as the primary height source when the horizontal ground speed is greater than this value.

Accelerometer bias limit (EK3_ACC_BIAS_LIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The accelerometer bias state will be limited to +- this value

Bitmask of active EKF cores that will always use heading fusion (EK3_MAG_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

1 byte bitmap of EKF cores that will disable magnetic field states and use simple magnetic heading fusion at all times. This parameter enables specified cores to be used as a backup for flight into an environment with high levels of external magnetic interference which may degrade the EKF attitude estimate when using 3-axis magnetometer fusion. NOTE : Use of a different magnetometer fusion algorithm on different cores makes unwanted EKF core switches due to magnetometer errors more likely.

Bitmask control of EKF reference height correction (EK3_OGN_HGT_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

When a height sensor other than GPS is used as the primary height source by the EKF, the position of the zero height datum is defined by that sensor and its frame of reference. If a GPS height measurement is also available, then the height of the WGS-84 height datum used by the EKF can be corrected so that the height returned by the getLLH() function is compensated for primary height sensor drift and change in datum over time. The first two bit positions control when the height datum will be corrected. Correction is performed using a Bayes filter and only operates when GPS quality permits. The third bit position controls where the corrections to the GPS reference datum are applied. Corrections can be applied to the local vertical position or to the reported EKF origin height (default).

Visual odometry minimum velocity error (EK3_VIS_VERR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1-STD odometry velocity observation error that will be assumed when maximum quality is reported by the sensor. When quality is between max and min, the error will be calculated using linear interpolation between VIS_VERR_MIN and VIS_VERR_MAX.

Visual odometry maximum velocity error (EK3_VIS_VERR_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1-STD odometry velocity observation error that will be assumed when minimum quality is reported by the sensor. When quality is between max and min, the error will be calculated using linear interpolation between VIS_VERR_MIN and VIS_VERR_MAX.

Wheel odometry velocity error (EK3_WENC_VERR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1-STD odometry velocity observation error that will be assumed when wheel encoder data is being fused.

Optical flow use bitmask (EK3_FLOW_USE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls if the optical flow data is fused into the 24-state navigation estimator OR the 1-state terrain height estimator.

Height rate filter crossover frequency (EK3_HRT_FILT)

Specifies the crossover frequency of the complementary filter used to calculate the output predictor height rate derivative.

EarthField error limit (EK3_MAG_EF_LIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This limits the difference between the learned earth magnetic field and the earth field from the world magnetic model tables. A value of zero means to disable the use of the WMM tables.

Bitmask of which EKF-GSF yaw estimators run (EK3_GSF_RUN_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

1 byte bitmap of which EKF3 instances run an independant EKF-GSF yaw estimator to provide a backup yaw estimate that doesn't rely on magnetometer data. This estimator uses IMU, GPS and, if available, airspeed data. EKF-GSF yaw estimator data for the primary EKF3 instance will be logged as GSF0 and GSF1 messages. Use of the yaw estimate generated by this algorithm is controlled by the EK3_GSF_USE_MASK and EK3_GSF_RST_MAX parameters. To run the EKF-GSF yaw estimator in ride-along and logging only, set EK3_GSF_USE to 0.

Bitmask of which EKF-GSF yaw estimators are used (EK3_GSF_USE_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

A bitmask of which EKF3 instances will use the output from the EKF-GSF yaw estimator that has been turned on by the EK3_GSF_RUN_MASK parameter. If the inertial navigation calculation stops following the GPS, then the vehicle code can request EKF3 to attempt to resolve the issue, either by performing a yaw reset if enabled by this parameter by switching to another EKF3 instance.

Maximum number of resets to the EKF-GSF yaw estimate allowed (EK3_GSF_RST_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the maximum number of times the EKF3 will be allowed to reset its yaw to the estimate from the EKF-GSF yaw estimator. No resets will be allowed unless the use of the EKF-GSF yaw estimate is enabled via the EK3_GSF_USE_MASK parameter.

EKF3 Lane Relative Error Sensitivity Threshold (EK3_ERR_THRESH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

lanes have to be consistently better than the primary by at least this threshold to reduce their overall relativeCoreError, lowering this makes lane switching more sensitive to smaller error differences

EKF3 Sensor Affinity Options (EK3_AFFINITY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

These options control the affinity between sensor instances and EKF cores

Ballistic coefficient for X axis drag (EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Ratio of mass to drag coefficient measured along the X body axis. This parameter enables estimation of wind drift for vehicles with bluff bodies and without propulsion forces in the X and Y direction (eg multicopters). The drag produced by this effect scales with speed squared. Set to a postive value > 1.0 to enable. A starting value is the mass in Kg divided by the frontal area. The predicted drag from the rotors is specified separately by the EK3_DRAG_MCOEF parameter.

Ballistic coefficient for Y axis drag (EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Ratio of mass to drag coefficient measured along the Y body axis. This parameter enables estimation of wind drift for vehicles with bluff bodies and without propulsion forces in the X and Y direction (eg multicopters). The drag produced by this effect scales with speed squared. Set to a postive value > 1.0 to enable. A starting value is the mass in Kg divided by the side area. The predicted drag from the rotors is specified separately by the EK3_DRAG_MCOEF parameter.

Observation noise for drag acceleration (EK3_DRAG_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the amount of noise used when fusing X and Y acceleration as an observation that enables esitmation of wind velocity for multi-rotor vehicles. This feature is enabled by the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters

Momentum coefficient for propeller drag (EK3_DRAG_MCOEF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter is used to predict the drag produced by the rotors when flying a multi-copter, enabling estimation of wind drift. The drag produced by this effect scales with speed not speed squared and is produced because some of the air velocity normal to the rotors axis of rotation is lost when passing through the rotor disc which changes the momentum of the airflow causing drag. For unducted rotors the effect is roughly proportional to the area of the propeller blades when viewed side on and changes with different propellers. It is higher for ducted rotors. For example if flying at 15 m/s at sea level conditions produces a rotor induced drag acceleration of 1.5 m/s/s, then EK3_DRAG_MCOEF would be set to 0.1 = (1.5/15.0). Set EK3_MCOEF to a postive value to enable wind estimation using this drag effect. To account for the drag produced by the body which scales with speed squared, see documentation for the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters.

On ground not moving test scale factor (EK3_OGNM_TEST_SF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter is adjust the sensitivity of the on ground not moving test which is used to assist with learning the yaw gyro bias and stopping yaw drift before flight when operating without a yaw sensor. Bigger values allow the detection of a not moving condition with noiser IMU data. Check the XKFM data logged when the vehicle is on ground not moving and adjust the value of OGNM_TEST_SF to be slightly higher than the maximum value of the XKFM.ADR, XKFM.ALR, XKFM.GDR and XKFM.GLR test levels.

Baro height ground effect dead zone (EK3_GND_EFF_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This parameter sets the size of the dead zone that is applied to negative baro height spikes that can occur when taking off or landing when a vehicle with lift rotors is operating in ground effect ground effect. Set to about 0.5m less than the amount of negative offset in baro height that occurs just prior to takeoff when lift motors are spooling up. Set to 0 if no ground effect is present.

Primary core number (EK3_PRIMARY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The core number (index in IMU mask) that will be used as the primary EKF core on startup. While disarmed the EKF will force the use of this core. A value of 0 corresponds to the first IMU in EK3_IMU_MASK.

Logging Level (EK3_LOG_LEVEL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Determines how verbose the EKF3 streaming logging is. A value of 0 provides full logging(default), a value of 1 only XKF4 scaled innovations are logged, a value of 2 both XKF4 and GSF are logged, and a value of 3 disables all streaming logging of EKF3.

GPS vertical accuracy threshold (EK3_GPS_VACC_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Vertical accuracy threshold for GPS as the altitude source. The GPS will not be used as an altitude source if the reported vertical accuracy of the GPS is larger than this threshold, falling back to baro instead. Set to zero to deactivate the threshold check.

EK3_SRC Parameters

Position Horizontal Source (Primary) (EK3_SRC1_POSXY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Position Horizontal Source (Primary)

Velocity Horizontal Source (EK3_SRC1_VELXY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity Horizontal Source

Position Vertical Source (EK3_SRC1_POSZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Position Vertical Source

Velocity Vertical Source (EK3_SRC1_VELZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity Vertical Source

Yaw Source (EK3_SRC1_YAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Yaw Source

Position Horizontal Source (Secondary) (EK3_SRC2_POSXY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Position Horizontal Source (Secondary)

Velocity Horizontal Source (Secondary) (EK3_SRC2_VELXY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity Horizontal Source (Secondary)

Position Vertical Source (Secondary) (EK3_SRC2_POSZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Position Vertical Source (Secondary)

Velocity Vertical Source (Secondary) (EK3_SRC2_VELZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity Vertical Source (Secondary)

Yaw Source (Secondary) (EK3_SRC2_YAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Yaw Source (Secondary)

Position Horizontal Source (Tertiary) (EK3_SRC3_POSXY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Position Horizontal Source (Tertiary)

Velocity Horizontal Source (Tertiary) (EK3_SRC3_VELXY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity Horizontal Source (Tertiary)

Position Vertical Source (Tertiary) (EK3_SRC3_POSZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Position Vertical Source (Tertiary)

Velocity Vertical Source (Tertiary) (EK3_SRC3_VELZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity Vertical Source (Tertiary)

Yaw Source (Tertiary) (EK3_SRC3_YAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Yaw Source (Tertiary)

EKF Source Options (EK3_SRC_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

EKF Source Options

ESC_TLM Parameters

ESC Telemetry mavlink offset (ESC_TLM_MAV_OFS)

Offset to apply to ESC numbers when reporting as ESC_TELEMETRY packets over MAVLink. This allows high numbered motors to be displayed as low numbered ESCs for convenience on GCS displays. A value of 4 would send ESC on output 5 as ESC number 1 in ESC_TELEMETRY packets

FENCE_ Parameters

Fence enable/disable (FENCE_ENABLE)

Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the fence functionality

Fence Type (FENCE_TYPE)

Enabled fence types held as bitmask

Fence Action (FENCE_ACTION)

What action should be taken when fence is breached

Fence Maximum Altitude (FENCE_ALT_MAX)

Maximum altitude allowed before geofence triggers

Circular Fence Radius (FENCE_RADIUS)

Circle fence radius which when breached will cause an RTL

Fence Margin (FENCE_MARGIN)

Distance that autopilot's should maintain from the fence to avoid a breach

Fence polygon point total (FENCE_TOTAL)

Number of polygon points saved in eeprom (do not update manually)

Fence Minimum Altitude (FENCE_ALT_MIN)

Minimum altitude allowed before geofence triggers

FFT_ Parameters

Enable (FFT_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable Gyro FFT analyser

Minimum Frequency (FFT_MINHZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Lower bound of FFT frequency detection in Hz. On larger vehicles the minimum motor frequency is likely to be significantly lower than for smaller vehicles.

Maximum Frequency (FFT_MAXHZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Upper bound of FFT frequency detection in Hz. On smaller vehicles the maximum motor frequency is likely to be significantly higher than for larger vehicles.

Sample Mode (FFT_SAMPLE_MODE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sampling mode (and therefore rate). 0: Gyro rate sampling, 1: Fast loop rate sampling, 2: Fast loop rate / 2 sampling, 3: Fast loop rate / 3 sampling. Takes effect on reboot.

FFT window size (FFT_WINDOW_SIZE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Size of window to be used in FFT calculations. Takes effect on reboot. Must be a power of 2 and between 32 and 512. Larger windows give greater frequency resolution but poorer time resolution, consume more CPU time and may not be appropriate for all vehicles. Time and frequency resolution are given by the sample-rate / window-size. Windows of 256 are only really recommended for F7 class boards, windows of 512 or more H7 class.

FFT window overlap (FFT_WINDOW_OLAP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Percentage of window to be overlapped before another frame is process. Takes effect on reboot. A good default is 50% overlap. Higher overlap results in more processed frames but not necessarily more temporal resolution. Lower overlap results in lost information at the frame edges.

FFT learned hover frequency (FFT_FREQ_HOVER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The learned hover noise frequency

FFT learned thrust reference (FFT_THR_REF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FFT learned thrust reference for the hover frequency and FFT minimum frequency.

FFT SNR reference threshold (FFT_SNR_REF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FFT SNR reference threshold in dB at which a signal is determined to be present.

FFT attenuation for bandwidth calculation (FFT_ATT_REF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FFT attenuation level in dB for bandwidth calculation and peak detection. The bandwidth is calculated by comparing peak power output with the attenuated version. The default of 15 has shown to be a good compromise in both simulations and real flight.

FFT learned bandwidth at hover (FFT_BW_HOVER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FFT learned bandwidth at hover for the attenuation frequencies.

FFT harmonic fit frequency threshold (FFT_HMNC_FIT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FFT harmonic fit frequency threshold percentage at which a signal of the appropriate frequency is determined to be the harmonic of another. Signals that have a harmonic relationship that varies at most by this percentage are considered harmonics of each other for the purpose of selecting the harmonic notch frequency. If a match is found then the lower frequency harmonic is always used as the basis for the dynamic harmonic notch. A value of zero completely disables harmonic matching.

FFT harmonic peak target (FFT_HMNC_PEAK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The FFT harmonic peak target that should be returned by FTN1.PkAvg. The resulting value will be used by the harmonic notch if configured to track the FFT frequency. By default the appropriate peak is auto-detected based on the harmonic fit between peaks and the energy-weighted average frequency on roll on pitch is used. Setting this to 1 will always target the highest energy peak. Setting this to 2 will target the highest energy peak that is lower in frequency than the highest energy peak. Setting this to 3 will target the highest energy peak that is higher in frequency than the highest energy peak. Setting this to 4 will target the highest energy peak on the roll axis only and only the roll frequency will be used (some vehicles have a much more pronounced peak on roll). Setting this to 5 will target the highest energy peak on the pitch axis only and only the pitch frequency will be used (some vehicles have a much more pronounced peak on roll).

FFT output frames to retain and average (FFT_NUM_FRAMES)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Number of output frequency frames to retain and average in order to calculate final frequencies. Averaging output frames can drastically reduce noise and jitter at the cost of latency as long as the input is stable. The default is to perform no averaging. For rapidly changing frequencies (e.g. smaller aircraft) fewer frames should be averaged.

FFT options (FFT_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FFT configuration options. Values: 1:Apply the FFT *after* the filter bank,2:Check noise at the motor frequencies using ESC data as a reference

FILT1_ Parameters

Filter Type (FILT1_TYPE)

Filter Type

Notch Filter center frequency (FILT1_NOTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.

Notch Filter quality factor (FILT1_NOTCH_Q)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.

Notch Filter attenuation (FILT1_NOTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter attenuation in dB.

FILT2_ Parameters

Filter Type (FILT2_TYPE)

Filter Type

Notch Filter center frequency (FILT2_NOTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.

Notch Filter quality factor (FILT2_NOTCH_Q)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.

Notch Filter attenuation (FILT2_NOTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter attenuation in dB.

FILT3_ Parameters

Filter Type (FILT3_TYPE)

Filter Type

Notch Filter center frequency (FILT3_NOTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.

Notch Filter quality factor (FILT3_NOTCH_Q)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.

Notch Filter attenuation (FILT3_NOTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter attenuation in dB.

FILT4_ Parameters

Filter Type (FILT4_TYPE)

Filter Type

Notch Filter center frequency (FILT4_NOTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.

Notch Filter quality factor (FILT4_NOTCH_Q)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.

Notch Filter attenuation (FILT4_NOTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter attenuation in dB.

FILT5_ Parameters

Filter Type (FILT5_TYPE)

Filter Type

Notch Filter center frequency (FILT5_NOTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.

Notch Filter quality factor (FILT5_NOTCH_Q)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.

Notch Filter attenuation (FILT5_NOTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter attenuation in dB.

FILT6_ Parameters

Filter Type (FILT6_TYPE)

Filter Type

Notch Filter center frequency (FILT6_NOTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.

Notch Filter quality factor (FILT6_NOTCH_Q)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.

Notch Filter attenuation (FILT6_NOTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter attenuation in dB.

FILT7_ Parameters

Filter Type (FILT7_TYPE)

Filter Type

Notch Filter center frequency (FILT7_NOTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.

Notch Filter quality factor (FILT7_NOTCH_Q)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.

Notch Filter attenuation (FILT7_NOTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter attenuation in dB.

FILT8_ Parameters

Filter Type (FILT8_TYPE)

Filter Type

Notch Filter center frequency (FILT8_NOTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.

Notch Filter quality factor (FILT8_NOTCH_Q)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.

Notch Filter attenuation (FILT8_NOTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Notch Filter attenuation in dB.

FLOW Parameters

Optical flow sensor type (FLOW_TYPE)

Optical flow sensor type

X axis optical flow scale factor correction (FLOW_FXSCALER)

This sets the parts per thousand scale factor correction applied to the flow sensor X axis optical rate. It can be used to correct for variations in effective focal length. Each positive increment of 1 increases the scale factor applied to the X axis optical flow reading by 0.1%. Negative values reduce the scale factor.

Y axis optical flow scale factor correction (FLOW_FYSCALER)

This sets the parts per thousand scale factor correction applied to the flow sensor Y axis optical rate. It can be used to correct for variations in effective focal length. Each positive increment of 1 increases the scale factor applied to the Y axis optical flow reading by 0.1%. Negative values reduce the scale factor.

Flow sensor yaw alignment (FLOW_ORIENT_YAW)

Specifies the number of centi-degrees that the flow sensor is yawed relative to the vehicle. A sensor with its X-axis pointing to the right of the vehicle X axis has a positive yaw angle.

X position offset (FLOW_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the optical flow sensor focal point in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin.

Y position offset (FLOW_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the optical flow sensor focal point in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin.

Z position offset (FLOW_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the optical flow sensor focal point in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin.

Address on the bus (FLOW_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is used to select between multiple possible I2C addresses for some sensor types. For PX4Flow you can choose 0 to 7 for the 8 possible addresses on the I2C bus.

Height override of sensor above ground (FLOW_HGT_OVR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is used in rover vehicles, where the sensor is a fixed height above the ground

FRSKY_ Parameters

Uplink sensor id (FRSKY_UPLINK_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Change the uplink sensor id (SPort only)

First downlink sensor id (FRSKY_DNLINK1_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Change the first extra downlink sensor id (SPort only)

Second downlink sensor id (FRSKY_DNLINK2_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Change the second extra downlink sensor id (SPort only)

Default downlink sensor id (FRSKY_DNLINK_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Change the default downlink sensor id (SPort only)

FRSky Telemetry Options (FRSKY_OPTIONS)

A bitmask to set some FRSky Telemetry specific options

GEN_ Parameters

Generator type (GEN_TYPE)

Generator type

Generator Options (GEN_OPTIONS)

Bitmask of options for generators

GPS Parameters

1st GPS type (GPS_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS type of 1st GPS

2nd GPS type (GPS_TYPE2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS type of 2nd GPS

Navigation filter setting (GPS_NAVFILTER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Navigation filter engine setting

Automatic Switchover Setting (GPS_AUTO_SWITCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Automatic switchover to GPS reporting best lock, 1:UseBest selects the GPS with highest status, if both are equal the GPS with highest satellite count is used 4:Use primary if 3D fix or better, will revert to 'UseBest' behaviour if 3D fix is lost on primary

Minimum Lock Type Accepted for DGPS (GPS_MIN_DGPS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the minimum type of differential GPS corrections required before allowing to switch into DGPS mode.

SBAS Mode (GPS_SBAS_MODE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the SBAS (satellite based augmentation system) mode if available on this GPS. If set to 2 then the SBAS mode is not changed in the GPS. Otherwise the GPS will be reconfigured to enable/disable SBAS. Disabling SBAS may be worthwhile in some parts of the world where an SBAS signal is available but the baseline is too long to be useful.

Minimum elevation (GPS_MIN_ELEV)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the minimum elevation of satellites above the horizon for them to be used for navigation. Setting this to -100 leaves the minimum elevation set to the GPS modules default.

Destination for GPS_INJECT_DATA MAVLink packets (GPS_INJECT_TO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The GGS can send raw serial packets to inject data to multiple GPSes.

Swift Binary Protocol Logging Mask (GPS_SBP_LOGMASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Masked with the SBP msg_type field to determine whether SBR1/SBR2 data is logged

Raw data logging (GPS_RAW_DATA)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Handles logging raw data; on uBlox chips that support raw data this will log RXM messages into logger; on Septentrio this will log on the equipment's SD card and when set to 2, the autopilot will try to stop logging after disarming and restart after arming

GNSS system configuration (GPS_GNSS_MODE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask for what GNSS system to use on the first GPS (all unchecked or zero to leave GPS as configured)

Save GPS configuration (GPS_SAVE_CFG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Determines whether the configuration for this GPS should be written to non-volatile memory on the GPS. Currently working for UBlox 6 series and above.

GNSS system configuration (GPS_GNSS_MODE2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask for what GNSS system to use on the second GPS (all unchecked or zero to leave GPS as configured)

Automatic GPS configuration (GPS_AUTO_CONFIG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls if the autopilot should automatically configure the GPS based on the parameters and default settings

GPS update rate in milliseconds (GPS_RATE_MS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls how often the GPS should provide a position update. Lowering below 5Hz(default) is not allowed. Raising the rate above 5Hz usually provides little benefit and for some GPS (eg Ublox M9N) can severely impact performance.

GPS 2 update rate in milliseconds (GPS_RATE_MS2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls how often the GPS should provide a position update. Lowering below 5Hz(default) is not allowed. Raising the rate above 5Hz usually provides little benefit and for some GPS (eg Ublox M9N) can severely impact performance.

Antenna X position offset (GPS_POS1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Antenna Y position offset (GPS_POS1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Antenna Z position offset (GPS_POS1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Antenna X position offset (GPS_POS2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the second GPS antenna in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Antenna Y position offset (GPS_POS2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the second GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Antenna Z position offset (GPS_POS2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the second GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

GPS delay in milliseconds (GPS_DELAY_MS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls the amount of GPS measurement delay that the autopilot compensates for. Set to zero to use the default delay for the detected GPS type.

GPS 2 delay in milliseconds (GPS_DELAY_MS2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls the amount of GPS measurement delay that the autopilot compensates for. Set to zero to use the default delay for the detected GPS type.

Multi GPS Blending Mask (GPS_BLEND_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Determines which of the accuracy measures Horizontal position, Vertical Position and Speed are used to calculate the weighting on each GPS receiver when soft switching has been selected by setting GPS_AUTO_SWITCH to 2(Blend)

driver options (GPS_DRV_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Additional backend specific options

GPS physical COM port (GPS_COM_PORT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The physical COM port on the connected device, currently only applies to SBF and GSOF GPS

GPS physical COM port (GPS_COM_PORT2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The physical COM port on the connected device, currently only applies to SBF and GSOF GPS

Primary GPS (GPS_PRIMARY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This GPS will be used when GPS_AUTO_SWITCH is 0 and used preferentially with GPS_AUTO_SWITCH = 4.

GPS Node ID 1 (GPS_CAN_NODEID1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS Node id for first-discovered GPS.

GPS Node ID 2 (GPS_CAN_NODEID2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS Node id for second-discovered GPS.

First DroneCAN GPS NODE ID (GPS1_CAN_OVRIDE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS Node id for first GPS. If 0 the gps will be automatically selected on a first-come-first-GPS basis.

Second DroneCAN GPS NODE ID (GPS2_CAN_OVRIDE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS Node id for second GPS. If 0 the gps will be automatically selected on a second-come-second-GPS basis.

GPS_MB1_ Parameters

Moving base type (GPS_MB1_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls the type of moving base used if using moving base.

Base antenna X position offset (GPS_MB1_OFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive X is forward of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Base antenna Y position offset (GPS_MB1_OFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Y is to the right of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Base antenna Z position offset (GPS_MB1_OFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Z is down from the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

GPS_MB2_ Parameters

Moving base type (GPS_MB2_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls the type of moving base used if using moving base.

Base antenna X position offset (GPS_MB2_OFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive X is forward of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Base antenna Y position offset (GPS_MB2_OFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Y is to the right of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

Base antenna Z position offset (GPS_MB2_OFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Z is down from the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.

GRIP_ Parameters

Gripper Enable/Disable (GRIP_ENABLE)

Gripper enable/disable

Gripper Type (GRIP_TYPE)

Gripper enable/disable

Gripper Grab PWM (GRIP_GRAB)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM value in microseconds sent to Gripper to initiate grabbing the cargo

Gripper Release PWM (GRIP_RELEASE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM value in microseconds sent to Gripper to release the cargo

Neutral PWM (GRIP_NEUTRAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM value in microseconds sent to grabber when not grabbing or releasing

EPM Gripper Regrab interval (GRIP_REGRAB)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time in seconds that EPM gripper will regrab the cargo to ensure grip has not weakened; 0 to disable

EPM UAVCAN Hardpoint ID (GRIP_CAN_ID)

Refer to https://docs.zubax.com/opengrab_epm_v3#UAVCAN_interface

Gripper Autoclose time (GRIP_AUTOCLOSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time in seconds that gripper close the gripper after opening; 0 to disable

INS Parameters

Gyro offsets of X axis (INS_GYROFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro offsets of Y axis (INS_GYROFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro offsets of Z axis (INS_GYROFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro2 offsets of X axis (INS_GYR2OFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro2 sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro2 offsets of Y axis (INS_GYR2OFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro2 sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro2 offsets of Z axis (INS_GYR2OFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro2 sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro3 offsets of X axis (INS_GYR3OFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro3 sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro3 offsets of Y axis (INS_GYR3OFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro3 sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro3 offsets of Z axis (INS_GYR3OFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro3 sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Accelerometer scaling of X axis (INS_ACCSCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer scaling of Y axis (INS_ACCSCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer scaling of Z axis (INS_ACCSCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer offsets of X axis (INS_ACCOFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer offsets of Y axis (INS_ACCOFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer offsets of Z axis (INS_ACCOFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer2 scaling of X axis (INS_ACC2SCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer2 scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer2 scaling of Y axis (INS_ACC2SCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer2 scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer2 scaling of Z axis (INS_ACC2SCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer2 scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer2 offsets of X axis (INS_ACC2OFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer2 offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer2 offsets of Y axis (INS_ACC2OFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer2 offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer2 offsets of Z axis (INS_ACC2OFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer2 offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer3 scaling of X axis (INS_ACC3SCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer3 scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer3 scaling of Y axis (INS_ACC3SCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer3 scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer3 scaling of Z axis (INS_ACC3SCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer3 scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer3 offsets of X axis (INS_ACC3OFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer3 offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer3 offsets of Y axis (INS_ACC3OFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer3 offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer3 offsets of Z axis (INS_ACC3OFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer3 offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Gyro filter cutoff frequency (INS_GYRO_FILTER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter cutoff frequency for gyroscopes. This can be set to a lower value to try to cope with very high vibration levels in aircraft. A value of zero means no filtering (not recommended!)

Accel filter cutoff frequency (INS_ACCEL_FILTER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Filter cutoff frequency for accelerometers. This can be set to a lower value to try to cope with very high vibration levels in aircraft. A value of zero means no filtering (not recommended!)

Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates (INS_USE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates

Use second IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates (INS_USE2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Use second IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates

Use third IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates (INS_USE3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Use third IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates

Stillness threshold for detecting if we are moving (INS_STILL_THRESH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Threshold to tolerate vibration to determine if vehicle is motionless. This depends on the frame type and if there is a constant vibration due to motors before launch or after landing. Total motionless is about 0.05. Suggested values: Planes/rover use 0.1, multirotors use 1, tradHeli uses 5

Gyro Calibration scheme (INS_GYR_CAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Conrols when automatic gyro calibration is performed

Accel cal trim option (INS_TRIM_OPTION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies how the accel cal routine determines the trims

Body-fixed accelerometer (INS_ACC_BODYFIX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The body-fixed accelerometer to be used for trim calculation

IMU accelerometer X position (INS_POS1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the first IMU Accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Y position (INS_POS1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Z position (INS_POS1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer X position (INS_POS2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the second IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Y position (INS_POS2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the second IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Z position (INS_POS2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the second IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer X position (INS_POS3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the third IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Y position (INS_POS3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the third IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Z position (INS_POS3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the third IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

Gyro ID (INS_GYR_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Gyro2 ID (INS_GYR2_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro2 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Gyro3 ID (INS_GYR3_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro3 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Accelerometer ID (INS_ACC_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Accelerometer2 ID (INS_ACC2_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer2 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Accelerometer3 ID (INS_ACC3_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer3 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Fast sampling mask (INS_FAST_SAMPLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Mask of IMUs to enable fast sampling on, if available

IMU enable mask (INS_ENABLE_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of IMUs to enable. It can be used to prevent startup of specific detected IMUs

Gyro rate for IMUs with Fast Sampling enabled (INS_GYRO_RATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro rate for IMUs with fast sampling enabled. The gyro rate is the sample rate at which the IMU filters operate and needs to be at least double the maximum filter frequency. If the sensor does not support the selected rate the next highest supported rate will be used. For IMUs which do not support fast sampling this setting is ignored and the default gyro rate of 1Khz is used.

Calibration temperature for 1st accelerometer (INS_ACC1_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the 1st accelerometer was calibrated at

Calibration temperature for 1st gyroscope (INS_GYR1_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the 1st gyroscope was calibrated at

Calibration temperature for 2nd accelerometer (INS_ACC2_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the 2nd accelerometer was calibrated at

Calibration temperature for 2nd gyroscope (INS_GYR2_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the 2nd gyroscope was calibrated at

Calibration temperature for 3rd accelerometer (INS_ACC3_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the 3rd accelerometer was calibrated at

Calibration temperature for 3rd gyroscope (INS_GYR3_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the 3rd gyroscope was calibrated at

Options for temperature calibration (INS_TCAL_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This enables optional temperature calibration features. Setting PersistParams will save the accelerometer and temperature calibration parameters in the bootloader sector on the next update of the bootloader.

Raw logging options (INS_RAW_LOG_OPT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Raw logging options bitmask

INS4_ Parameters

Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates (INS4_USE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates

Accelerometer ID (INS4_ACC_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Accelerometer scaling of X axis (INS4_ACCSCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer scaling of Y axis (INS4_ACCSCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer scaling of Z axis (INS4_ACCSCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer offsets of X axis (INS4_ACCOFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer offsets of Y axis (INS4_ACCOFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer offsets of Z axis (INS4_ACCOFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

IMU accelerometer X position (INS4_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the first IMU Accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Y position (INS4_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Z position (INS4_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

Calibration temperature for accelerometer (INS4_ACC_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the accelerometer was calibrated at

Gyro ID (INS4_GYR_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Gyro offsets of X axis (INS4_GYROFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro offsets of Y axis (INS4_GYROFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro offsets of Z axis (INS4_GYROFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Calibration temperature for gyroscope (INS4_GYR_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the gyroscope was calibrated at

INS4_TCAL_ Parameters

Enable temperature calibration (INS4_TCAL_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot

Temperature calibration min (INS4_TCAL_TMIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for

Temperature calibration max (INS4_TCAL_TMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS4_TCAL_ACC3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS4_TCAL_GYR3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

INS5_ Parameters

Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates (INS5_USE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates

Accelerometer ID (INS5_ACC_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Accelerometer scaling of X axis (INS5_ACCSCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer scaling of Y axis (INS5_ACCSCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer scaling of Z axis (INS5_ACCSCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine

Accelerometer offsets of X axis (INS5_ACCOFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer offsets of Y axis (INS5_ACCOFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

Accelerometer offsets of Z axis (INS5_ACCOFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accelerometer offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations

IMU accelerometer X position (INS5_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the first IMU Accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Y position (INS5_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

IMU accelerometer Z position (INS5_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.

Calibration temperature for accelerometer (INS5_ACC_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the accelerometer was calibrated at

Gyro ID (INS5_GYR_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

Gyro offsets of X axis (INS5_GYROFFS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro offsets of Y axis (INS5_GYROFFS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Gyro offsets of Z axis (INS5_GYROFFS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Gyro sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations

Calibration temperature for gyroscope (INS5_GYR_CALTEMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature that the gyroscope was calibrated at

INS5_TCAL_ Parameters

Enable temperature calibration (INS5_TCAL_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot

Temperature calibration min (INS5_TCAL_TMIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for

Temperature calibration max (INS5_TCAL_TMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS5_TCAL_ACC3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS5_TCAL_GYR3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

INS_HNTC2_ Parameters

Harmonic Notch Filter enable (INS_HNTC2_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter enable

Harmonic Notch Filter base frequency (INS_HNTC2_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter base center frequency in Hz. This is the center frequency for static notches, the center frequency for Throttle based notches at the reference thrust value, and the minimum limit of center frequency variation for all other notch types. This should always be set lower than half the backend gyro rate (which is typically 1Khz).

Harmonic Notch Filter bandwidth (INS_HNTC2_BW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter bandwidth in Hz. This is typically set to half the base frequency. The ratio of base frequency to bandwidth determines the notch quality factor and is fixed across harmonics.

Harmonic Notch Filter attenuation (INS_HNTC2_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter attenuation in dB. Values greater than 40dB will typically produce a hard notch rather than a modest attenuation of motor noise.

Harmonic Notch Filter harmonics (INS_HNTC2_HMNCS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of harmonic frequencies to apply Harmonic Notch Filter to. This option takes effect on the next reboot. A value of 0 disables this filter. The first harmonic refers to the base frequency.

Harmonic Notch Filter reference value (INS_HNTC2_REF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

A reference value of zero disables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter and a positive value enables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter. For throttle-based scaling, this parameter is the reference value associated with the specified frequency to facilitate frequency scaling of the Harmonic Notch Filter. For RPM and ESC telemetry based tracking, this parameter is set to 1 to enable the Harmonic Notch Filter using the RPM sensor or ESC telemetry set to measure rotor speed. The sensor data is converted to Hz automatically for use in the Harmonic Notch Filter. This reference value may also be used to scale the sensor data, if required. For example, rpm sensor data is required to measure heli motor RPM. Therefore the reference value can be used to scale the RPM sensor to the rotor RPM.

Harmonic Notch Filter dynamic frequency tracking mode (INS_HNTC2_MODE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter dynamic frequency tracking mode. Dynamic updates can be throttle, RPM sensor, ESC telemetry or dynamic FFT based. Throttle-based updates should only be used with multicopters.

Harmonic Notch Filter options (INS_HNTC2_OPTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter options. Triple and double-notches can provide deeper attenuation across a wider bandwidth with reduced latency than single notches and are suitable for larger aircraft. Multi-Source attaches a harmonic notch to each detected noise frequency instead of simply being multiples of the base frequency, in the case of FFT it will attach notches to each of three detected noise peaks, in the case of ESC it will attach notches to each of four motor RPM values. Loop rate update changes the notch center frequency at the scheduler loop rate rather than at the default of 200Hz. If both double and triple notches are specified only double notches will take effect.

Throttle notch min freqency ratio (INS_HNTC2_FM_RAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The minimum ratio below the configured frequency to take throttle based notch filters when flying at a throttle level below the reference throttle. Note that lower frequency notch filters will have more phase lag. If you want throttle based notch filtering to be effective at a throttle up to 30% below the configured notch frequency then set this parameter to 0.7. The default of 1.0 means the notch will not go below the frequency in the FREQ parameter.

INS_HNTCH_ Parameters

Harmonic Notch Filter enable (INS_HNTCH_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter enable

Harmonic Notch Filter base frequency (INS_HNTCH_FREQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter base center frequency in Hz. This is the center frequency for static notches, the center frequency for Throttle based notches at the reference thrust value, and the minimum limit of center frequency variation for all other notch types. This should always be set lower than half the backend gyro rate (which is typically 1Khz).

Harmonic Notch Filter bandwidth (INS_HNTCH_BW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter bandwidth in Hz. This is typically set to half the base frequency. The ratio of base frequency to bandwidth determines the notch quality factor and is fixed across harmonics.

Harmonic Notch Filter attenuation (INS_HNTCH_ATT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter attenuation in dB. Values greater than 40dB will typically produce a hard notch rather than a modest attenuation of motor noise.

Harmonic Notch Filter harmonics (INS_HNTCH_HMNCS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of harmonic frequencies to apply Harmonic Notch Filter to. This option takes effect on the next reboot. A value of 0 disables this filter. The first harmonic refers to the base frequency.

Harmonic Notch Filter reference value (INS_HNTCH_REF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

A reference value of zero disables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter and a positive value enables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter. For throttle-based scaling, this parameter is the reference value associated with the specified frequency to facilitate frequency scaling of the Harmonic Notch Filter. For RPM and ESC telemetry based tracking, this parameter is set to 1 to enable the Harmonic Notch Filter using the RPM sensor or ESC telemetry set to measure rotor speed. The sensor data is converted to Hz automatically for use in the Harmonic Notch Filter. This reference value may also be used to scale the sensor data, if required. For example, rpm sensor data is required to measure heli motor RPM. Therefore the reference value can be used to scale the RPM sensor to the rotor RPM.

Harmonic Notch Filter dynamic frequency tracking mode (INS_HNTCH_MODE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter dynamic frequency tracking mode. Dynamic updates can be throttle, RPM sensor, ESC telemetry or dynamic FFT based. Throttle-based updates should only be used with multicopters.

Harmonic Notch Filter options (INS_HNTCH_OPTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Harmonic Notch Filter options. Triple and double-notches can provide deeper attenuation across a wider bandwidth with reduced latency than single notches and are suitable for larger aircraft. Multi-Source attaches a harmonic notch to each detected noise frequency instead of simply being multiples of the base frequency, in the case of FFT it will attach notches to each of three detected noise peaks, in the case of ESC it will attach notches to each of four motor RPM values. Loop rate update changes the notch center frequency at the scheduler loop rate rather than at the default of 200Hz. If both double and triple notches are specified only double notches will take effect.

Throttle notch min freqency ratio (INS_HNTCH_FM_RAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The minimum ratio below the configured frequency to take throttle based notch filters when flying at a throttle level below the reference throttle. Note that lower frequency notch filters will have more phase lag. If you want throttle based notch filtering to be effective at a throttle up to 30% below the configured notch frequency then set this parameter to 0.7. The default of 1.0 means the notch will not go below the frequency in the FREQ parameter.

INS_LOG_ Parameters

sample count per batch (INS_LOG_BAT_CNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Number of samples to take when logging streams of IMU sensor readings. Will be rounded down to a multiple of 32. This option takes effect on the next reboot.

Sensor Bitmask (INS_LOG_BAT_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmap of which IMUs to log batch data for. This option takes effect on the next reboot.

Batch Logging Options Mask (INS_LOG_BAT_OPT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Options for the BatchSampler.

logging interval (INS_LOG_BAT_LGIN)

Interval between pushing samples to the AP_Logger log

logging count (INS_LOG_BAT_LGCT)

Number of samples to push to count every INS_LOG_BAT_LGIN

INS_TCAL1_ Parameters

Enable temperature calibration (INS_TCAL1_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot

Temperature calibration min (INS_TCAL1_TMIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for

Temperature calibration max (INS_TCAL1_TMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL1_ACC3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL1_GYR3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

INS_TCAL2_ Parameters

Enable temperature calibration (INS_TCAL2_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot

Temperature calibration min (INS_TCAL2_TMIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for

Temperature calibration max (INS_TCAL2_TMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL2_ACC3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL2_GYR3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

INS_TCAL3_ Parameters

Enable temperature calibration (INS_TCAL3_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot

Temperature calibration min (INS_TCAL3_TMIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for

Temperature calibration max (INS_TCAL3_TMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Accelerometer 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL3_ACC3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR1_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR1_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 1st order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR1_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR2_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR2_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 2nd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR2_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient X axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR3_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Y axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR3_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

Gyroscope 3rd order temperature coefficient Z axis (INS_TCAL3_GYR3_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration

KDE_ Parameters

Number of motor poles (KDE_NPOLE)

Sets the number of motor poles to calculate the correct RPM value

LEAK Parameters

Pin that leak detector is connected to (LEAK1_PIN)

Pin that the leak detector is connected to

Default reading of leak detector when dry (LEAK1_LOGIC)

Default reading of leak detector when dry

Leak detector pin type (analog/digital) (LEAK1_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enables leak detector 1. Use this parameter to indicate the signal type (0:analog, 1:digital) of an appropriately configured input pin, then specify its pin number using the LEAK1_PIN parameter. NOT FOR USE by default with Pixhawk, Pixhawk 4 or Navigator flight controllers.

Pin that leak detector is connected to (LEAK2_PIN)

Pin that the leak detector is connected to

Default reading of leak detector when dry (LEAK2_LOGIC)

Default reading of leak detector when dry

Leak detector pin type (analog/digital) (LEAK2_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enables leak detector 2. Use this parameter to indicate the signal type (0:analog, 1:digital) of an appropriately configured input pin, then specify its pin number using the LEAK2_PIN parameter. NOT FOR USE by default with Pixhawk, Pixhawk 4 or Navigator flight controllers.

Pin that leak detector is connected to (LEAK3_PIN)

Pin that the leak detector is connected to

Default reading of leak detector when dry (LEAK3_LOGIC)

Default reading of leak detector when dry

Leak detector pin type (analog/digital) (LEAK3_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enables leak detector 3. Use this parameter to indicate the signal type (0:analog, 1:digital) of an appropriately configured input pin, then specify its pin number using the LEAK3_PIN parameter. NOT FOR USE by default with Pixhawk, Pixhawk 4 or Navigator flight controllers.

LOG Parameters

AP_Logger Backend Storage type (LOG_BACKEND_TYPE)

Bitmap of what Logger backend types to enable. Block-based logging is available on SITL and boards with dataflash chips. Multiple backends can be selected.

Maximum AP_Logger File and Block Backend buffer size (in kilobytes) (LOG_FILE_BUFSIZE)

The File and Block backends use a buffer to store data before writing to the block device. Raising this value may reduce "gaps" in your SD card logging. This buffer size may be reduced depending on available memory. PixHawk requires at least 4 kilobytes. Maximum value available here is 64 kilobytes.

Enable logging while disarmed (LOG_DISARMED)

If LOG_DISARMED is set to 1 then logging will be enabled at all times including when disarmed. Logging before arming can make for very large logfiles but can help a lot when tracking down startup issues and is necessary if logging of EKF replay data is selected via the LOG_REPLAY parameter. If LOG_DISARMED is set to 2, then logging will be enabled when disarmed, but not if a USB connection is detected. This can be used to prevent unwanted data logs being generated when the vehicle is connected via USB for log downloading or parameter changes. If LOG_DISARMED is set to 3 then logging will happen while disarmed, but if the vehicle never arms then the logs using the filesystem backend will be discarded on the next boot.

Enable logging of information needed for Replay (LOG_REPLAY)

If LOG_REPLAY is set to 1 then the EKF2 and EKF3 state estimators will log detailed information needed for diagnosing problems with the Kalman filter. LOG_DISARMED must be set to 1 or 2 or else the log will not contain the pre-flight data required for replay testing of the EKF's. It is suggested that you also raise LOG_FILE_BUFSIZE to give more buffer space for logging and use a high quality microSD card to ensure no sensor data is lost.

Stop logging to current file on disarm (LOG_FILE_DSRMROT)

When set, the current log file is closed when the vehicle is disarmed. If LOG_DISARMED is set then a fresh log will be opened. Applies to the File and Block logging backends.

Maximum AP_Logger MAVLink Backend buffer size (LOG_MAV_BUFSIZE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum amount of memory to allocate to AP_Logger-over-mavlink

Timeout before giving up on file writes (LOG_FILE_TIMEOUT)

This controls the amount of time before failing writes to a log file cause the file to be closed and logging stopped.

Old logs on the SD card will be deleted to maintain this amount of free space (LOG_FILE_MB_FREE)

Set this such that the free space is larger than your largest typical flight log

Maximum logging rate for file backend (LOG_FILE_RATEMAX)

This sets the maximum rate that streaming log messages will be logged to the file backend. A value of zero means that rate limiting is disabled.

Maximum logging rate for mavlink backend (LOG_MAV_RATEMAX)

This sets the maximum rate that streaming log messages will be logged to the mavlink backend. A value of zero means that rate limiting is disabled.

Maximum logging rate for block backend (LOG_BLK_RATEMAX)

This sets the maximum rate that streaming log messages will be logged to the block backend. A value of zero means that rate limiting is disabled.

Maximum logging rate when disarmed (LOG_DARM_RATEMAX)

This sets the maximum rate that streaming log messages will be logged to any backend when disarmed. A value of zero means that the normal backend rate limit is applied.

Maximum number of log files (LOG_MAX_FILES)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the maximum number of log file that will be written on dataflash or sd card before starting to rotate log number. Limit is capped at 500 logs.

LOIT_ Parameters

Loiter pilot angle max (LOIT_ANG_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Loiter maximum pilot requested lean angle. Set to zero for 2/3 of PSC_ANGLE_MAX/ANGLE_MAX. The maximum vehicle lean angle is still limited by PSC_ANGLE_MAX/ANGLE_MAX

Loiter Horizontal Maximum Speed (LOIT_SPEED)

Defines the maximum speed in cm/s which the aircraft will travel horizontally while in loiter mode

Loiter maximum correction acceleration (LOIT_ACC_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Loiter maximum correction acceleration in cm/s/s. Higher values cause the copter to correct position errors more aggressively.

Loiter braking acceleration (LOIT_BRK_ACCEL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Loiter braking acceleration in cm/s/s. Higher values stop the copter more quickly when the stick is centered.

Loiter braking jerk (LOIT_BRK_JERK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Loiter braking jerk in cm/s/s/s. Higher values will remove braking faster if the pilot moves the sticks during a braking maneuver.

Loiter brake start delay (in seconds) (LOIT_BRK_DELAY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Loiter brake start delay (in seconds)

MIS_ Parameters

Total mission commands (MIS_TOTAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The number of mission mission items that has been loaded by the ground station. Do not change this manually.

Mission Restart when entering Auto mode (MIS_RESTART)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls mission starting point when entering Auto mode (either restart from beginning of mission or resume from last command run)

Mission options bitmask (MIS_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of what options to use in missions.

MNT1 Parameters

Mount Type (MNT1_TYPE)

Mount Type

Mount default operating mode (MNT1_DEFLT_MODE)

Mount default operating mode on startup and after control is returned from autopilot

Mount RC Rate (MNT1_RC_RATE)

Pilot rate control's maximum rate. Set to zero to use angle control

Mount Roll angle minimum (MNT1_ROLL_MIN)

Mount Roll angle minimum

Mount Roll angle maximum (MNT1_ROLL_MAX)

Mount Roll angle maximum

Mount Pitch angle minimum (MNT1_PITCH_MIN)

Mount Pitch angle minimum

Mount Pitch angle maximum (MNT1_PITCH_MAX)

Mount Pitch angle maximum

Mount Yaw angle minimum (MNT1_YAW_MIN)

Mount Yaw angle minimum

Mount Yaw angle maximum (MNT1_YAW_MAX)

Mount Yaw angle maximum

Mount roll angle when in retracted position (MNT1_RETRACT_X)

Mount roll angle when in retracted position

Mount pitch angle when in retracted position (MNT1_RETRACT_Y)

Mount pitch angle when in retracted position

Mount yaw angle when in retracted position (MNT1_RETRACT_Z)

Mount yaw angle when in retracted position

Mount roll angle when in neutral position (MNT1_NEUTRAL_X)

Mount roll angle when in neutral position

Mount pitch angle when in neutral position (MNT1_NEUTRAL_Y)

Mount pitch angle when in neutral position

Mount yaw angle when in neutral position (MNT1_NEUTRAL_Z)

Mount yaw angle when in neutral position

Mount Roll stabilization lead time (MNT1_LEAD_RLL)

Servo mount roll angle output leads the vehicle angle by this amount of time based on current roll rate. Increase until the servo is responsive but does not overshoot

Mount Pitch stabilization lead time (MNT1_LEAD_PTCH)

Servo mount pitch angle output leads the vehicle angle by this amount of time based on current pitch rate. Increase until the servo is responsive but does not overshoot

Mount Target sysID (MNT1_SYSID_DFLT)

Default Target sysID for the mount to point to

Mount Device ID (MNT1_DEVID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Mount device ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

MNT2 Parameters

Mount Type (MNT2_TYPE)

Mount Type

Mount default operating mode (MNT2_DEFLT_MODE)

Mount default operating mode on startup and after control is returned from autopilot

Mount RC Rate (MNT2_RC_RATE)

Pilot rate control's maximum rate. Set to zero to use angle control

Mount Roll angle minimum (MNT2_ROLL_MIN)

Mount Roll angle minimum

Mount Roll angle maximum (MNT2_ROLL_MAX)

Mount Roll angle maximum

Mount Pitch angle minimum (MNT2_PITCH_MIN)

Mount Pitch angle minimum

Mount Pitch angle maximum (MNT2_PITCH_MAX)

Mount Pitch angle maximum

Mount Yaw angle minimum (MNT2_YAW_MIN)

Mount Yaw angle minimum

Mount Yaw angle maximum (MNT2_YAW_MAX)

Mount Yaw angle maximum

Mount roll angle when in retracted position (MNT2_RETRACT_X)

Mount roll angle when in retracted position

Mount pitch angle when in retracted position (MNT2_RETRACT_Y)

Mount pitch angle when in retracted position

Mount yaw angle when in retracted position (MNT2_RETRACT_Z)

Mount yaw angle when in retracted position

Mount roll angle when in neutral position (MNT2_NEUTRAL_X)

Mount roll angle when in neutral position

Mount pitch angle when in neutral position (MNT2_NEUTRAL_Y)

Mount pitch angle when in neutral position

Mount yaw angle when in neutral position (MNT2_NEUTRAL_Z)

Mount yaw angle when in neutral position

Mount Roll stabilization lead time (MNT2_LEAD_RLL)

Servo mount roll angle output leads the vehicle angle by this amount of time based on current roll rate. Increase until the servo is responsive but does not overshoot

Mount Pitch stabilization lead time (MNT2_LEAD_PTCH)

Servo mount pitch angle output leads the vehicle angle by this amount of time based on current pitch rate. Increase until the servo is responsive but does not overshoot

Mount Target sysID (MNT2_SYSID_DFLT)

Default Target sysID for the mount to point to

Mount Device ID (MNT2_DEVID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Mount device ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance

MOT_ Parameters

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_1_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_2_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_3_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_4_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_5_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_6_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_7_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_8_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Forward/vertical to pitch decoupling factor (MOT_FV_CPLNG_K)

Used to decouple pitch from forward/vertical motion. 0 to disable, 1.2 normal

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_9_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_10_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_11_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Motor normal or reverse (MOT_12_DIRECTION)

Used to change motor rotation directions without changing wires

Matrix Yaw Min (MOT_YAW_HEADROOM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Yaw control is given at least this pwm in microseconds range

Thrust Curve Expo (MOT_THST_EXPO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Motor thrust curve exponent (0.0 for linear to 1.0 for second order curve)

Motor Spin maximum (MOT_SPIN_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Point at which the thrust saturates expressed as a number from 0 to 1 in the entire output range

Battery voltage compensation maximum voltage (MOT_BAT_VOLT_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage compensation maximum voltage (voltage above this will have no additional scaling effect on thrust). Recommend 4.2 * cell count, 0 = Disabled

Battery voltage compensation minimum voltage (MOT_BAT_VOLT_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Battery voltage compensation minimum voltage (voltage below this will have no additional scaling effect on thrust). Recommend 3.3 * cell count, 0 = Disabled

Motor Current Max (MOT_BAT_CURR_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum current over which maximum throttle is limited (0 = Disabled)

Output PWM type (MOT_PWM_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This selects the output PWM type, allowing for normal PWM continuous output, OneShot, brushed or DShot motor output

PWM output minimum (MOT_PWM_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the min PWM output value in microseconds that will ever be output to the motors

PWM output maximum (MOT_PWM_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the max PWM value in microseconds that will ever be output to the motors

Motor Spin minimum (MOT_SPIN_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Point at which the thrust starts expressed as a number from 0 to 1 in the entire output range. Should be higher than MOT_SPIN_ARM.

Motor Spin armed (MOT_SPIN_ARM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Point at which the motors start to spin expressed as a number from 0 to 1 in the entire output range. Should be lower than MOT_SPIN_MIN.

Motor Current Max Time Constant (MOT_BAT_CURR_TC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time constant used to limit the maximum current

Thrust Hover Value (MOT_THST_HOVER)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Motor thrust needed to hover expressed as a number from 0 to 1

Hover Value Learning (MOT_HOVER_LEARN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable/Disable automatic learning of hover throttle

Motor PWM output disabled when disarmed (MOT_SAFE_DISARM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Disables motor PWM output when disarmed

Yaw Servo Max Lean Angle (MOT_YAW_SV_ANGLE)

Yaw servo's maximum lean angle (Tricopter only)

Spool up time (MOT_SPOOL_TIME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time in seconds to spool up the motors from zero to min throttle.

Motor boost scale (MOT_BOOST_SCALE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Booster motor output scaling factor vs main throttle. The output to the BoostThrottle servo will be the main throttle times this scaling factor. A higher scaling factor will put more of the load on the booster motor. A value of 1 will set the BoostThrottle equal to the main throttle.

Battery compensation index (MOT_BAT_IDX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Which battery monitor should be used for doing compensation

Output slew time for increasing throttle (MOT_SLEW_UP_TIME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time in seconds to slew output from zero to full. This is used to limit the rate at which output can change. Range is constrained between 0 and 0.5.

Output slew time for decreasing throttle (MOT_SLEW_DN_TIME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time in seconds to slew output from full to zero. This is used to limit the rate at which output can change. Range is constrained between 0 and 0.5.

Time taken to disable and enable the motor PWM output when disarmed and armed. (MOT_SAFE_TIME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time taken to disable and enable the motor PWM output when disarmed and armed.

Motor options (MOT_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Motor options

Spool down time (MOT_SPOOL_TIM_DN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Time taken to spool down the motors from min to zero throttle. If set to 0 then SPOOL_TIME is used instead.

MSP Parameters

Cell count override (MSP_OSD_NCELLS)

Used for average cell voltage calculation

MSP OSD Options (MSP_OPTIONS)

A bitmask to set some MSP specific options: EnableTelemetryMode-allows "push" mode telemetry when only rx line of OSD ic connected to autopilot, EnableBTFLFonts-uses indexes corresponding to Betaflight fonts if OSD uses those instead of ArduPilot fonts.

NET_ Parameters

Networking Enable (NET_ENABLED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Networking Enable

IP Subnet mask (NET_NETMASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows setting static subnet mask. The value is a count of consecutive bits. Examples: 24 = 255.255.255.0, 16 = 255.255.0.0

DHCP client (NET_DHCP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable/Disable DHCP client

Test enable flags (NET_TESTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable/Disable networking tests

Networking options (NET_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Networking options

NET_GWADDR Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (NET_GWADDR0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (NET_GWADDR1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (NET_GWADDR2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (NET_GWADDR3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

NET_IPADDR Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (NET_IPADDR0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (NET_IPADDR1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (NET_IPADDR2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (NET_IPADDR3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

NET_MACADDR Parameters

MAC Address 1st byte (NET_MACADDR0)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

MAC address 1st byte

MAC Address 2nd byte (NET_MACADDR1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

MAC address 2nd byte

MAC Address 3rd byte (NET_MACADDR2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

MAC address 3rd byte

MAC Address 4th byte (NET_MACADDR3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

MAC address 4th byte

MAC Address 5th byte (NET_MACADDR4)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

MAC address 5th byte

MAC Address 6th byte (NET_MACADDR5)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

MAC address 6th byte

NET_P1_ Parameters

Port type (NET_P1_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Port type for network serial port. For the two client types a valid destination IP address must be set. For the two server types either 0.0.0.0 or a local address can be used. The UDP client type will use broadcast if the IP is set to 255.255.255.255 and will use UDP multicast if the IP is in the multicast address range.

Protocol (NET_P1_PROTOCOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Networked serial port protocol

Port number (NET_P1_PORT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Port number

NET_P1_IP Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (NET_P1_IP0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (NET_P1_IP1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (NET_P1_IP2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (NET_P1_IP3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

NET_P2_ Parameters

Port type (NET_P2_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Port type for network serial port. For the two client types a valid destination IP address must be set. For the two server types either 0.0.0.0 or a local address can be used. The UDP client type will use broadcast if the IP is set to 255.255.255.255 and will use UDP multicast if the IP is in the multicast address range.

Protocol (NET_P2_PROTOCOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Networked serial port protocol

Port number (NET_P2_PORT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Port number

NET_P2_IP Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (NET_P2_IP0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (NET_P2_IP1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (NET_P2_IP2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (NET_P2_IP3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

NET_P3_ Parameters

Port type (NET_P3_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Port type for network serial port. For the two client types a valid destination IP address must be set. For the two server types either 0.0.0.0 or a local address can be used. The UDP client type will use broadcast if the IP is set to 255.255.255.255 and will use UDP multicast if the IP is in the multicast address range.

Protocol (NET_P3_PROTOCOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Networked serial port protocol

Port number (NET_P3_PORT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Port number

NET_P3_IP Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (NET_P3_IP0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (NET_P3_IP1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (NET_P3_IP2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (NET_P3_IP3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

NET_P4_ Parameters

Port type (NET_P4_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Port type for network serial port. For the two client types a valid destination IP address must be set. For the two server types either 0.0.0.0 or a local address can be used. The UDP client type will use broadcast if the IP is set to 255.255.255.255 and will use UDP multicast if the IP is in the multicast address range.

Protocol (NET_P4_PROTOCOL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Networked serial port protocol

Port number (NET_P4_PORT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Port number

NET_P4_IP Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (NET_P4_IP0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (NET_P4_IP1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (NET_P4_IP2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (NET_P4_IP3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

NET_REMPPP_IP Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (NET_REMPPP_IP0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (NET_REMPPP_IP1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (NET_REMPPP_IP2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (NET_REMPPP_IP3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

NET_TEST_IP Parameters

IPv4 Address 1st byte (NET_TEST_IP0)

IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 2nd byte (NET_TEST_IP1)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx

IPv4 Address 3rd byte (NET_TEST_IP2)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.13.xxx

IPv4 Address 4th byte (NET_TEST_IP3)

IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14

NMEA_ Parameters

NMEA Output rate (NMEA_RATE_MS)

NMEA Output rate. This controls the interval at which all the enabled NMEA messages are sent. Most NMEA systems expect 100ms (10Hz) or slower.

Messages Enable bitmask (NMEA_MSG_EN)

This is a bitmask of enabled NMEA messages. All messages will be sent consecutively at the same rate interval

NTF_ Parameters

LED Brightness (NTF_LED_BRIGHT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Select the RGB LED brightness level. When USB is connected brightness will never be higher than low regardless of the setting.

Buzzer Driver Types (NTF_BUZZ_TYPES)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls what types of Buzzer will be enabled

Specifies colour source for the RGBLed (NTF_LED_OVERRIDE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies the source for the colours and brightness for the LED. OutbackChallenge conforms to the MedicalExpress (https://uavchallenge.org/medical-express/) rules, essentially "Green" is disarmed (safe-to-approach), "Red" is armed (not safe-to-approach). Traffic light is a simplified color set, red when armed, yellow when the safety switch is not surpressing outputs (but disarmed), and green when outputs are surpressed and disarmed, the LED will blink faster if disarmed and failing arming checks.

Type of on-board I2C display (NTF_DISPLAY_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets up the type of on-board I2C display. Disabled by default.

OreoLED Theme (NTF_OREO_THEME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable/Disable Solo Oreo LED driver, 0 to disable, 1 for Aircraft theme, 2 for Rover theme

Buzzer pin (NTF_BUZZ_PIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enables to connect active buzzer to arbitrary pin. Requires 3-pin buzzer or additional MOSFET! Some the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

LED Driver Types (NTF_LED_TYPES)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls what types of LEDs will be enabled

Buzzer-on pin logic level (NTF_BUZZ_ON_LVL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies pin level that indicates buzzer should play

Buzzer volume (NTF_BUZZ_VOLUME)

Control the volume of the buzzer

Serial LED String Length (NTF_LED_LEN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The number of Serial LED's to use for notifications (NeoPixel's and ProfiLED)

PRX Parameters

Proximity raw distances log (PRX_LOG_RAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Set this parameter to one if logging unfiltered(raw) distances from sensor should be enabled

Proximity filter cutoff frequency (PRX_FILT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Cutoff frequency for low pass filter applied to each face in the proximity boundary

PRX1 Parameters

Proximity type (PRX1_TYPE)

What type of proximity sensor is connected

Proximity sensor orientation (PRX1_ORIENT)

Proximity sensor orientation

Proximity sensor yaw correction (PRX1_YAW_CORR)

Proximity sensor yaw correction

Proximity sensor ignore angle 1 (PRX1_IGN_ANG1)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 1

Proximity sensor ignore width 1 (PRX1_IGN_WID1)

Proximity sensor ignore width 1

Proximity sensor ignore angle 2 (PRX1_IGN_ANG2)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 2

Proximity sensor ignore width 2 (PRX1_IGN_WID2)

Proximity sensor ignore width 2

Proximity sensor ignore angle 3 (PRX1_IGN_ANG3)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 3

Proximity sensor ignore width 3 (PRX1_IGN_WID3)

Proximity sensor ignore width 3

Proximity sensor ignore angle 4 (PRX1_IGN_ANG4)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 4

Proximity sensor ignore width 4 (PRX1_IGN_WID4)

Proximity sensor ignore width 4

Proximity minimum range (PRX1_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum expected range for Proximity Sensor. Setting this to 0 will set value to manufacturer reported range.

Proximity maximum range (PRX1_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum expected range for Proximity Sensor. Setting this to 0 will set value to manufacturer reported range.

Bus address of sensor (PRX1_ADDR)

The bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

PRX2 Parameters

Proximity type (PRX2_TYPE)

What type of proximity sensor is connected

Proximity sensor orientation (PRX2_ORIENT)

Proximity sensor orientation

Proximity sensor yaw correction (PRX2_YAW_CORR)

Proximity sensor yaw correction

Proximity sensor ignore angle 1 (PRX2_IGN_ANG1)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 1

Proximity sensor ignore width 1 (PRX2_IGN_WID1)

Proximity sensor ignore width 1

Proximity sensor ignore angle 2 (PRX2_IGN_ANG2)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 2

Proximity sensor ignore width 2 (PRX2_IGN_WID2)

Proximity sensor ignore width 2

Proximity sensor ignore angle 3 (PRX2_IGN_ANG3)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 3

Proximity sensor ignore width 3 (PRX2_IGN_WID3)

Proximity sensor ignore width 3

Proximity sensor ignore angle 4 (PRX2_IGN_ANG4)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 4

Proximity sensor ignore width 4 (PRX2_IGN_WID4)

Proximity sensor ignore width 4

Proximity minimum range (PRX2_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum expected range for Proximity Sensor. Setting this to 0 will set value to manufacturer reported range.

Proximity maximum range (PRX2_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum expected range for Proximity Sensor. Setting this to 0 will set value to manufacturer reported range.

Bus address of sensor (PRX2_ADDR)

The bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

PRX3 Parameters

Proximity type (PRX3_TYPE)

What type of proximity sensor is connected

Proximity sensor orientation (PRX3_ORIENT)

Proximity sensor orientation

Proximity sensor yaw correction (PRX3_YAW_CORR)

Proximity sensor yaw correction

Proximity sensor ignore angle 1 (PRX3_IGN_ANG1)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 1

Proximity sensor ignore width 1 (PRX3_IGN_WID1)

Proximity sensor ignore width 1

Proximity sensor ignore angle 2 (PRX3_IGN_ANG2)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 2

Proximity sensor ignore width 2 (PRX3_IGN_WID2)

Proximity sensor ignore width 2

Proximity sensor ignore angle 3 (PRX3_IGN_ANG3)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 3

Proximity sensor ignore width 3 (PRX3_IGN_WID3)

Proximity sensor ignore width 3

Proximity sensor ignore angle 4 (PRX3_IGN_ANG4)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 4

Proximity sensor ignore width 4 (PRX3_IGN_WID4)

Proximity sensor ignore width 4

Proximity minimum range (PRX3_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum expected range for Proximity Sensor. Setting this to 0 will set value to manufacturer reported range.

Proximity maximum range (PRX3_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum expected range for Proximity Sensor. Setting this to 0 will set value to manufacturer reported range.

Bus address of sensor (PRX3_ADDR)

The bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

PRX4 Parameters

Proximity type (PRX4_TYPE)

What type of proximity sensor is connected

Proximity sensor orientation (PRX4_ORIENT)

Proximity sensor orientation

Proximity sensor yaw correction (PRX4_YAW_CORR)

Proximity sensor yaw correction

Proximity sensor ignore angle 1 (PRX4_IGN_ANG1)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 1

Proximity sensor ignore width 1 (PRX4_IGN_WID1)

Proximity sensor ignore width 1

Proximity sensor ignore angle 2 (PRX4_IGN_ANG2)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 2

Proximity sensor ignore width 2 (PRX4_IGN_WID2)

Proximity sensor ignore width 2

Proximity sensor ignore angle 3 (PRX4_IGN_ANG3)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 3

Proximity sensor ignore width 3 (PRX4_IGN_WID3)

Proximity sensor ignore width 3

Proximity sensor ignore angle 4 (PRX4_IGN_ANG4)

Proximity sensor ignore angle 4

Proximity sensor ignore width 4 (PRX4_IGN_WID4)

Proximity sensor ignore width 4

Proximity minimum range (PRX4_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum expected range for Proximity Sensor. Setting this to 0 will set value to manufacturer reported range.

Proximity maximum range (PRX4_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum expected range for Proximity Sensor. Setting this to 0 will set value to manufacturer reported range.

Bus address of sensor (PRX4_ADDR)

The bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

PSC Parameters

XY Acceleration filter cutoff frequency (PSC_ACC_XY_FILT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Lower values will slow the response of the navigation controller and reduce twitchiness

Position (vertical) controller P gain (PSC_POSZ_P)

Position (vertical) controller P gain. Converts the difference between the desired altitude and actual altitude into a climb or descent rate which is passed to the throttle rate controller

Velocity (vertical) controller P gain (PSC_VELZ_P)

Velocity (vertical) controller P gain. Converts the difference between desired vertical speed and actual speed into a desired acceleration that is passed to the throttle acceleration controller

Velocity (vertical) controller I gain (PSC_VELZ_I)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (vertical) controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired velocity to a target acceleration

Velocity (vertical) controller I gain maximum (PSC_VELZ_IMAX)

Velocity (vertical) controller I gain maximum. Constrains the target acceleration that the I gain will output

Velocity (vertical) controller D gain (PSC_VELZ_D)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (vertical) controller D gain. Corrects short-term changes in velocity

Velocity (vertical) controller Feed Forward gain (PSC_VELZ_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (vertical) controller Feed Forward gain. Produces an output that is proportional to the magnitude of the target

Velocity (vertical) error filter (PSC_VELZ_FLTE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (vertical) error filter. This filter (in Hz) is applied to the input for P and I terms

Velocity (vertical) input filter for D term (PSC_VELZ_FLTD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (vertical) input filter for D term. This filter (in Hz) is applied to the input for D terms

Acceleration (vertical) controller P gain (PSC_ACCZ_P)

Acceleration (vertical) controller P gain. Converts the difference between desired vertical acceleration and actual acceleration into a motor output

Acceleration (vertical) controller I gain (PSC_ACCZ_I)

Acceleration (vertical) controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired vertical acceleration and actual acceleration

Acceleration (vertical) controller I gain maximum (PSC_ACCZ_IMAX)

Acceleration (vertical) controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum pwm that the I term will generate

Acceleration (vertical) controller D gain (PSC_ACCZ_D)

Acceleration (vertical) controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired vertical acceleration vs actual acceleration

Acceleration (vertical) controller feed forward (PSC_ACCZ_FF)

Acceleration (vertical) controller feed forward

Acceleration (vertical) controller target frequency in Hz (PSC_ACCZ_FLTT)

Acceleration (vertical) controller target frequency in Hz

Acceleration (vertical) controller error frequency in Hz (PSC_ACCZ_FLTE)

Acceleration (vertical) controller error frequency in Hz

Acceleration (vertical) controller derivative frequency in Hz (PSC_ACCZ_FLTD)

Acceleration (vertical) controller derivative frequency in Hz

Accel (vertical) slew rate limit (PSC_ACCZ_SMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.

Acceleration (vertical) controller PD sum maximum (PSC_ACCZ_PDMX)

Acceleration (vertical) controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output

Accel (vertical) Derivative FeedForward Gain (PSC_ACCZ_D_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target

Accel (vertical) Target notch filter index (PSC_ACCZ_NTF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accel (vertical) Target notch filter index

Accel (vertical) Error notch filter index (PSC_ACCZ_NEF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Accel (vertical) Error notch filter index

Position (horizontal) controller P gain (PSC_POSXY_P)

Position controller P gain. Converts the distance (in the latitude direction) to the target location into a desired speed which is then passed to the loiter latitude rate controller

Velocity (horizontal) P gain (PSC_VELXY_P)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (horizontal) P gain. Converts the difference between desired and actual velocity to a target acceleration

Velocity (horizontal) I gain (PSC_VELXY_I)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (horizontal) I gain. Corrects long-term difference between desired and actual velocity to a target acceleration

Velocity (horizontal) D gain (PSC_VELXY_D)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (horizontal) D gain. Corrects short-term changes in velocity

Velocity (horizontal) integrator maximum (PSC_VELXY_IMAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (horizontal) integrator maximum. Constrains the target acceleration that the I gain will output

Velocity (horizontal) input filter (PSC_VELXY_FLTE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (horizontal) input filter. This filter (in Hz) is applied to the input for P and I terms

Velocity (horizontal) input filter (PSC_VELXY_FLTD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (horizontal) input filter. This filter (in Hz) is applied to the input for D term

Velocity (horizontal) feed forward gain (PSC_VELXY_FF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Velocity (horizontal) feed forward gain. Converts the difference between desired velocity to a target acceleration

Position Control Angle Max (PSC_ANGLE_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum lean angle autopilot can request. Set to zero to use ANGLE_MAX parameter value

Jerk limit for the horizontal kinematic input shaping (PSC_JERK_XY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Jerk limit of the horizontal kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the aircraft varies the acceleration target

Jerk limit for the vertical kinematic input shaping (PSC_JERK_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Jerk limit of the vertical kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the aircraft varies the acceleration target

RALLY_ Parameters

Rally Total (RALLY_TOTAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Number of rally points currently loaded

Rally Limit (RALLY_LIMIT_KM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Maximum distance to rally point. If the closest rally point is more than this number of kilometers from the current position and the home location is closer than any of the rally points from the current position then do RTL to home rather than to the closest rally point. This prevents a leftover rally point from a different airfield being used accidentally. If this is set to 0 then the closest rally point is always used.

Rally Include Home (RALLY_INCL_HOME)

Controls if Home is included as a Rally point (i.e. as a safe landing place) for RTL

RC Parameters

RC override timeout (RC_OVERRIDE_TIME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Timeout after which RC overrides will no longer be used, and RC input will resume, 0 will disable RC overrides, -1 will never timeout, and continue using overrides until they are disabled

RC options (RC_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC input options

RC protocols enabled (RC_PROTOCOLS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of enabled RC protocols. Allows narrowing the protocol detection to only specific types of RC receivers which can avoid issues with incorrect detection. Set to 1 to enable all protocols.

RC Failsafe timeout (RC_FS_TIMEOUT)

RC failsafe will trigger this many seconds after loss of RC

RC10_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC10_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC10_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC10_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC10_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC10_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC10_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC11_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC11_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC11_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC11_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC11_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC11_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC11_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC12_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC12_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC12_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC12_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC12_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC12_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC12_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC13_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC13_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC13_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC13_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC13_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC13_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC13_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC14_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC14_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC14_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC14_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC14_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC14_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC14_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC15_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC15_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC15_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC15_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC15_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC15_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC15_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC16_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC16_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC16_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC16_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC16_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC16_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC16_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC1_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC1_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC1_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC1_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC1_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC1_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC1_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC2_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC2_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC2_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC2_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC2_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC2_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC2_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC3_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC3_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC3_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC3_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC3_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC3_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC3_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC4_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC4_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC4_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC4_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC4_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC4_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC4_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC5_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC5_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC5_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC5_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC5_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC5_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC5_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC6_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC6_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC6_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC6_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC6_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC6_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC6_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC7_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC7_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC7_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC7_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC7_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC7_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC7_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC8_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC8_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC8_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC8_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC8_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC8_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC8_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RC9_ Parameters

RC min PWM (RC9_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC trim PWM (RC9_TRIM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC max PWM (RC9_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

RC reversed (RC9_REVERSED)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.

RC dead-zone (RC9_DZ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom

RC input option (RC9_OPTION)

Function assigned to this RC channel

RCMAP_ Parameters

Roll channel (RCMAP_ROLL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Roll channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Roll is normally on channel 1, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.

Pitch channel (RCMAP_PITCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Pitch channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Pitch is normally on channel 2, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.

Throttle channel (RCMAP_THROTTLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Throttle channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Throttle is normally on channel 3, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.

Yaw channel (RCMAP_YAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Yaw channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Yaw (also known as rudder) is normally on channel 4, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.

Forward channel (RCMAP_FORWARD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Forward channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Forward is normally on channel 5, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.

Lateral channel (RCMAP_LATERAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Lateral channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Lateral is normally on channel 6, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.

RELAY10_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY10_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY10_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY10_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY11_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY11_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY11_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY11_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY12_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY12_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY12_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY12_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY13_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY13_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY13_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY13_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY14_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY14_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY14_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY14_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY15_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY15_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY15_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY15_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY16_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY16_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY16_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY16_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY1_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY1_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY1_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY1_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY2_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY2_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY2_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY2_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY3_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY3_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY3_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY3_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY4_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY4_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY4_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY4_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY5_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY5_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY5_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY5_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY6_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY6_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY6_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY6_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY7_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY7_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY7_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY7_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY8_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY8_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY8_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY8_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RELAY9_ Parameters

Relay function (RELAY9_FUNCTION)

The function the relay channel is mapped to.

Relay pin (RELAY9_PIN)

Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Relay default state (RELAY9_DEFAULT)

Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters.

RNGFND1_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND1_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND1_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND1_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND1_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND1_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND1_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND1_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND1_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND1_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND1_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND1_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND1_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND1_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND1_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND1_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND1_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND1_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND1_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND1_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND1_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND1_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND1_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND1_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND1_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFND2_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND2_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND2_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND2_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND2_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND2_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND2_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND2_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND2_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND2_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND2_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND2_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND2_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND2_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND2_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND2_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND2_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND2_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND2_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND2_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND2_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND2_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND2_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND2_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND2_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFND3_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND3_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND3_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND3_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND3_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND3_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND3_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND3_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND3_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND3_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND3_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND3_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND3_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND3_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND3_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND3_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND3_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND3_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND3_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND3_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND3_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND3_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND3_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND3_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND3_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFND4_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND4_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND4_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND4_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND4_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND4_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND4_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND4_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND4_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND4_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND4_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND4_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND4_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND4_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND4_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND4_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND4_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND4_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND4_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND4_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND4_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND4_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND4_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND4_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND4_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFND5_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND5_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND5_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND5_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND5_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND5_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND5_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND5_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND5_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND5_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND5_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND5_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND5_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND5_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND5_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND5_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND5_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND5_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND5_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND5_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND5_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND5_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND5_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND5_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND5_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFND6_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND6_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND6_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND6_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND6_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND6_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND6_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND6_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND6_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND6_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND6_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND6_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND6_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND6_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND6_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND6_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND6_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND6_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND6_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND6_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND6_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND6_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND6_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND6_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND6_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFND7_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND7_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND7_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND7_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND7_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND7_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND7_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND7_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND7_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND7_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND7_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND7_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND7_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND7_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND7_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND7_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND7_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND7_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND7_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND7_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND7_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND7_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND7_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND7_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND7_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFND8_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND8_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND8_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND8_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND8_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND8_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND8_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND8_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND8_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND8_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND8_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND8_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND8_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND8_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND8_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND8_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND8_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND8_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND8_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND8_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND8_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND8_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND8_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND8_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND8_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFND9_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFND9_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFND9_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFND9_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFND9_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFND9_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFND9_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFND9_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFND9_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFND9_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFND9_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFND9_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFND9_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFND9_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFND9_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFND9_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFND9_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFND9_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFND9_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFND9_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFND9_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFND9_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFND9_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFND9_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFND9_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RNGFNDA_ Parameters

Rangefinder type (RNGFNDA_TYPE)

Type of connected rangefinder

Rangefinder pin (RNGFNDA_PIN)

Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Airspeed ports can be used for Analog input, AUXOUT can be used for PWM input. When using analog pin 103, the maximum value of the input in 3.3V. For PWM input, the pin must be configured as a digital GPIO, see the Wiki's "GPIOs" section for details.

Rangefinder scaling (RNGFNDA_SCALING)

Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.

rangefinder offset (RNGFNDA_OFFSET)

Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars

Rangefinder function (RNGFNDA_FUNCTION)

Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.

Rangefinder minimum distance (RNGFNDA_MIN_CM)

Minimum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder maximum distance (RNGFNDA_MAX_CM)

Maximum distance in centimeters that rangefinder can reliably read

Rangefinder stop pin (RNGFNDA_STOP_PIN)

Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Ratiometric (RNGFNDA_RMETRIC)

This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.

Powersave range (RNGFNDA_PWRRNG)

This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled

Distance (in cm) from the range finder to the ground (RNGFNDA_GNDCLEAR)

This parameter sets the expected range measurement(in cm) that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.

Bus address of sensor (RNGFNDA_ADDR)

This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.

X position offset (RNGFNDA_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Y position offset (RNGFNDA_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Z position offset (RNGFNDA_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.

Rangefinder orientation (RNGFNDA_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Orientation of rangefinder

Moving Average Range (RNGFNDA_WSP_MAVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results

Moving Median Filter (RNGFNDA_WSP_MEDF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active

Frequency (RNGFNDA_WSP_FRQ)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.

Multi-pulse averages (RNGFNDA_WSP_AVG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement

Sensitivity threshold (RNGFNDA_WSP_THR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments

Baud rate (RNGFNDA_WSP_BAUD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Desired baud rate

RangeFinder CAN receive ID (RNGFNDA_RECV_ID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (RNGFNDA_SNR_MIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance

RPM1_ Parameters

RPM type (RPM1_TYPE)

What type of RPM sensor is connected

RPM scaling (RPM1_SCALING)

Scaling factor between sensor reading and RPM.

Maximum RPM (RPM1_MAX)

Maximum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.

Minimum RPM (RPM1_MIN)

Minimum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.

Minimum Quality (RPM1_MIN_QUAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum data quality to be used

Input pin number (RPM1_PIN)

Which digital GPIO pin to use. Only used on type = GPIO. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Bitmask of ESC telemetry channels to average (RPM1_ESC_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Mask of channels which support ESC rpm telemetry. RPM telemetry of the selected channels will be averaged

ESC Telemetry Index to write RPM to (RPM1_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write RPM to. Use 0 to disable.

RPM2_ Parameters

RPM type (RPM2_TYPE)

What type of RPM sensor is connected

RPM scaling (RPM2_SCALING)

Scaling factor between sensor reading and RPM.

Maximum RPM (RPM2_MAX)

Maximum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.

Minimum RPM (RPM2_MIN)

Minimum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.

Minimum Quality (RPM2_MIN_QUAL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Minimum data quality to be used

Input pin number (RPM2_PIN)

Which digital GPIO pin to use. Only used on type = GPIO. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.

Bitmask of ESC telemetry channels to average (RPM2_ESC_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Mask of channels which support ESC rpm telemetry. RPM telemetry of the selected channels will be averaged

ESC Telemetry Index to write RPM to (RPM2_ESC_INDEX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

ESC Telemetry Index to write RPM to. Use 0 to disable.

SCHED_ Parameters

Scheduler debug level (SCHED_DEBUG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Set to non-zero to enable scheduler debug messages. When set to show "Slips" the scheduler will display a message whenever a scheduled task is delayed due to too much CPU load. When set to ShowOverruns the scheduled will display a message whenever a task takes longer than the limit promised in the task table.

Scheduling main loop rate (SCHED_LOOP_RATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls the rate of the main control loop in Hz. This should only be changed by developers. This only takes effect on restart. Values over 400 are considered highly experimental.

Scheduling options (SCHED_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls optional aspects of the scheduler.

SCR_ Parameters

Enable Scripting (SCR_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Controls if scripting is enabled

Scripting Virtual Machine Instruction Count (SCR_VM_I_COUNT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The number virtual machine instructions that can be run before considering a script to have taken an excessive amount of time

Scripting Heap Size (SCR_HEAP_SIZE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amount of memory available for scripting

Scripting Debug Level (SCR_DEBUG_OPTS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Debugging options

Scripting User Parameter1 (SCR_USER1)

General purpose user variable input for scripts

Scripting User Parameter2 (SCR_USER2)

General purpose user variable input for scripts

Scripting User Parameter3 (SCR_USER3)

General purpose user variable input for scripts

Scripting User Parameter4 (SCR_USER4)

General purpose user variable input for scripts

Scripting User Parameter5 (SCR_USER5)

General purpose user variable input for scripts

Scripting User Parameter6 (SCR_USER6)

General purpose user variable input for scripts

Directory disable (SCR_DIR_DISABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This will stop scripts being loaded from the given locations

Loaded script checksum (SCR_LD_CHECKSUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Required XOR of CRC32 checksum of loaded scripts, vehicle will not arm with incorrect scripts loaded, -1 disables

Running script checksum (SCR_RUN_CHECKSUM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Required XOR of CRC32 checksum of running scripts, vehicle will not arm with incorrect scripts running, -1 disables

Scripting thread priority (SCR_THD_PRIORITY)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the priority of the scripting thread. This is normally set to a low priority to prevent scripts from interfering with other parts of the system. Advanced users can change this priority if scripting needs to be prioritised for realtime applications. WARNING: changing this parameter can impact the stability of your flight controller. The scipting thread priority in this parameter is chosen based on a set of system level priorities for other subsystems. It is strongly recommended that you use the lowest priority that is sufficient for your application. Note that all scripts run at the same priority, so if you raise this priority you must carefully audit all lua scripts for behaviour that does not interfere with the operation of the system.

SERIAL Parameters

Serial0 baud rate (SERIAL0_BAUD)

The baud rate used on the USB console. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Console protocol selection (SERIAL0_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol to use on the console.

Telem1 protocol selection (SERIAL1_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol to use on the Telem1 port. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Telem1 Baud Rate (SERIAL1_BAUD)

The baud rate used on the Telem1 port. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Telemetry 2 protocol selection (SERIAL2_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol to use on the Telem2 port. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Telemetry 2 Baud Rate (SERIAL2_BAUD)

The baud rate of the Telem2 port. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Serial 3 (GPS) protocol selection (SERIAL3_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol Serial 3 (GPS) should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Serial 3 (GPS) Baud Rate (SERIAL3_BAUD)

The baud rate used for the Serial 3 (GPS). Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Serial4 protocol selection (SERIAL4_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol Serial4 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Serial 4 Baud Rate (SERIAL4_BAUD)

The baud rate used for Serial4. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Serial5 protocol selection (SERIAL5_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol Serial5 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Serial 5 Baud Rate (SERIAL5_BAUD)

The baud rate used for Serial5. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Serial6 protocol selection (SERIAL6_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol Serial6 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Serial 6 Baud Rate (SERIAL6_BAUD)

The baud rate used for Serial6. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Telem1 options (SERIAL1_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

Telem2 options (SERIAL2_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

Serial3 options (SERIAL3_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

Serial4 options (SERIAL4_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

Serial5 options (SERIAL5_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

Serial6 options (SERIAL6_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

Serial passthru first port (SERIAL_PASS1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets one side of pass-through between two serial ports. Once both sides are set then all data received on either port will be passed to the other port

Serial passthru second port (SERIAL_PASS2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets one side of pass-through between two serial ports. Once both sides are set then all data received on either port will be passed to the other port

Serial passthru timeout (SERIAL_PASSTIMO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets a timeout for serial pass-through in seconds. When the pass-through is enabled by setting the SERIAL_PASS1 and SERIAL_PASS2 parameters then it remains in effect until no data comes from the first port for SERIAL_PASSTIMO seconds. This allows the port to revent to its normal usage (such as MAVLink connection to a GCS) when it is no longer needed. A value of 0 means no timeout.

Serial7 protocol selection (SERIAL7_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol Serial7 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Serial 7 Baud Rate (SERIAL7_BAUD)

The baud rate used for Serial7. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Serial7 options (SERIAL7_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

Serial8 protocol selection (SERIAL8_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol Serial8 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Serial 8 Baud Rate (SERIAL8_BAUD)

The baud rate used for Serial8. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Serial8 options (SERIAL8_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

Serial9 protocol selection (SERIAL9_PROTOCOL)

Control what protocol Serial9 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.

Serial 9 Baud Rate (SERIAL9_BAUD)

The baud rate used for Serial8. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.

Serial9 options (SERIAL9_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards.

SERVO Parameters

Servo default output rate (SERVO_RATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Default output rate in Hz for all PWM outputs.

Servo DShot output rate (SERVO_DSHOT_RATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DShot output rate for all outputs as a multiple of the loop rate. 0 sets the output rate to be fixed at 1Khz for low loop rates. This value should never be set below 500Hz.

Servo DShot ESC type (SERVO_DSHOT_ESC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

DShot ESC type for all outputs. The ESC type affects the range of DShot commands available and the bit widths used. None means that no dshot commands will be executed. Some ESC types support Extended DShot Telemetry (EDT) which allows telemetry other than RPM data to be returned when using bi-directional dshot. If you enable EDT you must install EDT capable firmware for correct operation.

Servo GPIO mask (SERVO_GPIO_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of outputs which will be available as GPIOs. Any output with either the function set to -1 or with the corresponding bit set in this mask will be available for use as a GPIO pin

Servo RC Failsafe Mask (SERVO_RC_FS_MSK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Bitmask of scaled passthru output channels which will be set to their trim value during rc failsafe instead of holding their last position before failsafe.

Enable outputs 17 to 31 (SERVO_32_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This allows for up to 32 outputs, enabling parameters for outputs above 16

SERVO10_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO10_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO10_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO10_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO10_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO10_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO11_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO11_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO11_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO11_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO11_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO11_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO12_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO12_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO12_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO12_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO12_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO12_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO13_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO13_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO13_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO13_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO13_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO13_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO14_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO14_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO14_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO14_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO14_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO14_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO15_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO15_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO15_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO15_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO15_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO15_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO16_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO16_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO16_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO16_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO16_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO16_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO17_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO17_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO17_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO17_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO17_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO17_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO18_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO18_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO18_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO18_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO18_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO18_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO19_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO19_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO19_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO19_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO19_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO19_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO1_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO1_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO1_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO1_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO1_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO1_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO20_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO20_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO20_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO20_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO20_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO20_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO21_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO21_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO21_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO21_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO21_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO21_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO22_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO22_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO22_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO22_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO22_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO22_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO23_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO23_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO23_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO23_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO23_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO23_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO24_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO24_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO24_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO24_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO24_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO24_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO25_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO25_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO25_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO25_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO25_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO25_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO26_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO26_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO26_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO26_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO26_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO26_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO27_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO27_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO27_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO27_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO27_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO27_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO28_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO28_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO28_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO28_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO28_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO28_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO29_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO29_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO29_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO29_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO29_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO29_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO2_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO2_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO2_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO2_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO2_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO2_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO30_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO30_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO30_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO30_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO30_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO30_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO31_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO31_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO31_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO31_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO31_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO31_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO32_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO32_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO32_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO32_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO32_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO32_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO3_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO3_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO3_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO3_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO3_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO3_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO4_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO4_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO4_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO4_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO4_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO4_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO5_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO5_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO5_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO5_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO5_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO5_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO6_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO6_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO6_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO6_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO6_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO6_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO7_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO7_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO7_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO7_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO7_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO7_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO8_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO8_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO8_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO8_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO8_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO8_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO9_ Parameters

Minimum PWM (SERVO9_MIN)

minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Maximum PWM (SERVO9_MAX)

maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Trim PWM (SERVO9_TRIM)

Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.

Servo reverse (SERVO9_REVERSED)

Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.

Servo output function (SERVO9_FUNCTION)

Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function

SERVO_BLH_ Parameters

BLHeli Channel Bitmask (SERVO_BLH_MASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable of BLHeli pass-thru servo protocol support to specific channels. This mask is in addition to motors enabled using SERVO_BLH_AUTO (if any)

BLHeli pass-thru auto-enable for multicopter motors (SERVO_BLH_AUTO)

If set to 1 this auto-enables BLHeli pass-thru support for all multicopter motors

BLHeli internal interface test (SERVO_BLH_TEST)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Setting SERVO_BLH_TEST to a motor number enables an internal test of the BLHeli ESC protocol to the corresponding ESC. The debug output is displayed on the USB console.

BLHeli protocol timeout (SERVO_BLH_TMOUT)

This sets the inactivity timeout for the BLHeli protocol in seconds. If no packets are received in this time normal MAVLink operations are resumed. A value of 0 means no timeout

BLHeli telemetry rate (SERVO_BLH_TRATE)

This sets the rate in Hz for requesting telemetry from ESCs. It is the rate per ESC. Setting to zero disables telemetry requests

BLHeli debug level (SERVO_BLH_DEBUG)

When set to 1 this enabled verbose debugging output over MAVLink when the blheli protocol is active. This can be used to diagnose failures.

BLHeli output type override (SERVO_BLH_OTYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

When set to a non-zero value this overrides the output type for the output channels given by SERVO_BLH_MASK. This can be used to enable DShot on outputs that are not part of the multicopter motors group.

Control port (SERVO_BLH_PORT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the mavlink channel to use for blheli pass-thru. The channel number is determined by the number of serial ports configured to use mavlink. So 0 is always the console, 1 is the next serial port using mavlink, 2 the next after that and so on.

BLHeli Motor Poles (SERVO_BLH_POLES)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This allows calculation of true RPM from ESC's eRPM. The default is 14.

BLHeli bitmask of 3D channels (SERVO_BLH_3DMASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Mask of channels which are dynamically reversible. This is used to configure ESCs in '3D' mode, allowing for the motor to spin in either direction

BLHeli bitmask of bi-directional dshot channels (SERVO_BLH_BDMASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Mask of channels which support bi-directional dshot. This is used for ESCs which have firmware that supports bi-directional dshot allowing fast rpm telemetry values to be returned for the harmonic notch.

BLHeli bitmask of reversed channels (SERVO_BLH_RVMASK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Mask of channels which are reversed. This is used to configure ESCs in reversed mode

SERVO_FTW_ Parameters

Servo channel output bitmask (SERVO_FTW_MASK)

Servo channel mask specifying FETtec ESC output.

Servo channel reverse rotation bitmask (SERVO_FTW_RVMASK)

Servo channel mask to reverse rotation of FETtec ESC outputs.

Nr. electrical poles (SERVO_FTW_POLES)

Number of motor electrical poles

SERVO_ROB_ Parameters

Robotis servo position min (SERVO_ROB_POSMIN)

Position minimum at servo min value. This should be within the position control range of the servos, normally 0 to 4095

Robotis servo position max (SERVO_ROB_POSMAX)

Position maximum at servo max value. This should be within the position control range of the servos, normally 0 to 4095

SERVO_SBUS_ Parameters

SBUS default output rate (SERVO_SBUS_RATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This sets the SBUS output frame rate in Hz.

SERVO_VOLZ_ Parameters

Channel Bitmask (SERVO_VOLZ_MASK)

Enable of volz servo protocol to specific channels

SIM_ Parameters

Simulated Wind speed (SIM_WIND_SPD)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows you to emulate wind in sim

Simulated Wind direction (SIM_WIND_DIR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows you to set wind direction (true deg) in sim

Simulated Wind variation (SIM_WIND_TURB)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows you to emulate random wind variations in sim

Simulated battery voltage (SIM_BATT_VOLTAGE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated battery (constant) voltage

Simulated RC signal failure (SIM_RC_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows you to emulate rc failures in sim

Generate floating point exceptions (SIM_FLOAT_EXCEPT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

If set, if a numerical error occurs SITL will die with a floating point exception.

Mask of CAN servos/ESCs (SIM_CAN_SRV_MSK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The set of actuators controlled externally by CAN SITL AP_Periph

transport type for first CAN interface (SIM_CAN_TYPE1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

transport type for first CAN interface

transport type for second CAN interface (SIM_CAN_TYPE2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

transport type for second CAN interface

Opflow Enable (SIM_FLOW_ENABLE)

Enable simulated Optical Flow sensor

Opflow Rate (SIM_FLOW_RATE)

Opflow Data Rate

Opflow Delay (SIM_FLOW_DELAY)

Opflow data delay

Sim Speedup (SIM_SPEEDUP)

Runs the simulation at multiples of normal speed. Do not use if realtime physics, like RealFlight, is being used

IMU Offsets (SIM_IMU_POS_X)

XYZ position of the IMU accelerometer relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)

IMU Offsets (SIM_IMU_POS_Y)

XYZ position of the IMU accelerometer relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)

IMU Offsets (SIM_IMU_POS_Z)

XYZ position of the IMU accelerometer relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)

Opflow Pos (SIM_FLOW_POS_X)

XYZ position of the optical flow sensor focal point relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)

Opflow Pos (SIM_FLOW_POS_Y)

XYZ position of the optical flow sensor focal point relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)

Opflow Pos (SIM_FLOW_POS_Z)

XYZ position of the optical flow sensor focal point relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)

Wind Profile Type (SIM_WIND_T_)

Selects how wind varies from surface to WIND_T_ALT

Full Wind Altitude (SIM_WIND_T_ALT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Altitude at which wind reaches full strength, decaying from full strength as altitude lowers to ground level

Linear Wind Curve Coeff (SIM_WIND_T_COEF)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

For linear wind profile,wind is reduced by (Altitude-WIND_T_ALT) x this value

Weight on Wheels Pin (SIM_WOW_PIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

SITL set this simulated pin to true if vehicle is on ground

Opflow noise (SIM_FLOW_RND)

Optical Flow sensor measurement noise in rad/sec

Original Position (Latitude) (SIM_OPOS_LAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies vehicle's startup latitude

Original Position (Longitude) (SIM_OPOS_LNG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies vehicle's startup longitude

Original Position (Altitude) (SIM_OPOS_ALT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies vehicle's startup altitude (AMSL)

Original Position (Heading) (SIM_OPOS_HDG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Specifies vehicle's startup heading (0-360)

IMU count (SIM_IMU_COUNT)

Number of simulated IMUs to create

Baro Noise (SIM_BARO_RND)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amount of (evenly-distributed) noise injected into the 1st baro

Baro Glitch (SIM_BARO_GLITCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch for 1st baro

Baro2 Noise (SIM_BAR2_RND)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amount of (evenly-distributed) noise injected into the 2nd baro

Baro2 Glitch (SIM_BAR2_GLITCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch for 2nd baro

Baro3 Noise (SIM_BAR3_RND)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amount of (evenly-distributed) noise injected into the 3rd baro

Baro3 Glitch (SIM_BAR3_GLITCH)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch for 2nd baro

Simulated ESC Telemetry (SIM_ESC_TELEM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

enable perfect simulated ESC telemetry

UART byte loss percentage (SIM_UART_LOSS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets percentage of outgoing byte loss on UARTs

Simulated ADSB Type mask (SIM_ADSB_TYPES)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

specifies which simulated ADSB types are active

GPS 1 disable (SIM_GPS_DISABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Disables GPS 1

GPS 1 Lag (SIM_GPS_LAG_MS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 1 lag

GPS 1 type (SIM_GPS_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the type of simulation used for GPS 1

GPS Byteloss (SIM_GPS_BYTELOSS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Percent of bytes lost from GPS 1

GPS 1 Num Satellites (SIM_GPS_NUMSATS)

Number of satellites GPS 1 has in view

GPS 1 Glitch (SIM_GPS_GLITCH_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch offsets of simulated GPS 1 sensor (X-axis)

GPS 1 Glitch (SIM_GPS_GLITCH_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch offsets of simulated GPS 1 sensor (Y-axis)

GPS 1 Glitch (SIM_GPS_GLITCH_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch offsets of simulated GPS 1 sensor (Z-axis)

GPS 1 Hz (SIM_GPS_HZ)

GPS 1 Update rate

GPS 1 Altitude Drift (SIM_GPS_DRIFTALT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 1 altitude drift error

GPS 1 Position (SIM_GPS_POS_X)

GPS 1 antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)

GPS 1 Position (SIM_GPS_POS_Y)

GPS 1 antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)

GPS 1 Position (SIM_GPS_POS_Z)

GPS 1 antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)

GPS 1 Noise (SIM_GPS_NOISE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amplitude of the GPS1 altitude error

GPS 1 Lock Time (SIM_GPS_LOCKTIME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Delay in seconds before GPS1 acquires lock

GPS 1 Altitude Offset (SIM_GPS_ALT_OFS)

GPS 1 Altitude Error

GPS 1 Heading (SIM_GPS_HDG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable GPS1 output of NMEA heading HDT sentence or UBLOX_RELPOSNED

GPS 1 Accuracy (SIM_GPS_ACC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 1 Accuracy

GPS 1 Velocity Error (SIM_GPS_VERR_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 1 Velocity Error Offsets in NED (X-axis)

GPS 1 Velocity Error (SIM_GPS_VERR_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 1 Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Y-axis)

GPS 1 Velocity Error (SIM_GPS_VERR_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 1 Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Z-axis)

GPS jamming enable (SIM_GPS_JAM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable simulated GPS jamming

GPS 2 disable (SIM_GPS2_DISABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Disables GPS 2

GPS 2 Lag (SIM_GPS2_LAG_MS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 2 lag in ms

GPS 2 type (SIM_GPS2_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Sets the type of simulation used for GPS 2

GPS 2 Byteloss (SIM_GPS2_BYTELOS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Percent of bytes lost from GPS 2

GPS 2 Num Satellites (SIM_GPS2_NUMSATS)

Number of satellites GPS 2 has in view

GPS 2 Glitch (SIM_GPS2_GLTCH_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch offsets of simulated GPS 2 sensor (X-axis)

GPS 2 Glitch (SIM_GPS2_GLTCH_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch offsets of simulated GPS 2 sensor (Y-axis)

GPS 2 Glitch (SIM_GPS2_GLTCH_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Glitch offsets of simulated GPS 2 sensor (Z-axis)

GPS 2 Hz (SIM_GPS2_HZ)

GPS 2 Update rate

GPS 2 Altitude Drift (SIM_GPS2_DRFTALT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 2 altitude drift error

GPS 2 Position (SIM_GPS2_POS_X)

GPS 2 antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)

GPS 2 Position (SIM_GPS2_POS_Y)

GPS 2 antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)

GPS 2 Position (SIM_GPS2_POS_Z)

GPS 2 antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)

GPS 2 Noise (SIM_GPS2_NOISE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Amplitude of the GPS2 altitude error

GPS 2 Lock Time (SIM_GPS2_LCKTIME)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Delay in seconds before GPS2 acquires lock

GPS 2 Altitude Offset (SIM_GPS2_ALT_OFS)

GPS 2 Altitude Error

GPS 2 Heading (SIM_GPS2_HDG)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable GPS2 output of NMEA heading HDT sentence or UBLOX_RELPOSNED

GPS 2 Accuracy (SIM_GPS2_ACC)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 2 Accuracy

GPS 2 Velocity Error (SIM_GPS2_VERR_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 2 Velocity Error Offsets in NED (X-axis)

GPS 2 Velocity Error (SIM_GPS2_VERR_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 2 Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Y-axis)

GPS 2 Velocity Error (SIM_GPS2_VERR_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

GPS 2 Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Z-axis)

Initial Latitude Offset (SIM_INIT_LAT_OFS)

GPS initial lat offset from origin

Initial Longitude Offset (SIM_INIT_LON_OFS)

GPS initial lon offset from origin

Initial Altitude Offset (SIM_INIT_ALT_OFS)

GPS initial alt offset from origin

GPS Log Number (SIM_GPS_LOG_NUM)

Log number for GPS:update_file()

GPS jamming enable (SIM_GPS2_JAM)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Enable simulated GPS jamming

MAG1 Device ID (SIM_MAG1_DEVID)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Device ID of simulated compass 1

MAG1 Failure (SIM_MAG1_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated failure of MAG1

MAG2 Failure (SIM_MAG2_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated failure of MAG2

MAG3 Failure (SIM_MAG3_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated failure of MAG3

Save MAG devids on startup (SIM_MAG_SAVE_IDS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This forces saving of compass devids on startup so that simulated compasses start as calibrated

Accel 1 bias (SIM_ACC1_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)

Accel 1 bias (SIM_ACC1_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)

Accel 1 bias (SIM_ACC1_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)

Accel 2 bias (SIM_ACC2_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)

Accel 2 bias (SIM_ACC2_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)

Accel 2 bias (SIM_ACC2_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)

Accel 3 bias (SIM_ACC3_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)

Accel 3 bias (SIM_ACC3_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)

Accel 3 bias (SIM_ACC3_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)

Gyro 1 scaling factor (SIM_GYR1_SCALE_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)

Gyro 1 scaling factor (SIM_GYR1_SCALE_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)

Gyro 1 scaling factor (SIM_GYR1_SCALE_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)

Gyro 2 scaling factor (SIM_GYR2_SCALE_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)

Gyro 2 scaling factor (SIM_GYR2_SCALE_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)

Gyro 2 scaling factor (SIM_GYR2_SCALE_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)

Gyro 3 scaling factor (SIM_GYR3_SCALE_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)

Gyro 3 scaling factor (SIM_GYR3_SCALE_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)

Gyro 3 scaling factor (SIM_GYR3_SCALE_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)

ACCEL1 Failure (SIM_ACCEL1_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated failure of ACCEL1

ACCEL2 Failure (SIM_ACCEL2_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated failure of ACCEL2

ACCEL3 Failure (SIM_ACCEL3_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated failure of ACCEL3

Gyro Failure Mask (SIM_GYRO_FAIL_MSK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Determines if the gyro reading updates are stopped when for an IMU simulated failure by ACCELx_FAIL params

Accelerometer Failure Mask (SIM_ACC_FAIL_MSK)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Determines if the acclerometer reading updates are stopped when for an IMU simulated failure by ACCELx_FAIL params

Accel 1 scaling factor (SIM_ACC1_SCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)

Accel 1 scaling factor (SIM_ACC1_SCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)

Accel 1 scaling factor (SIM_ACC1_SCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)

Accel 2 scaling factor (SIM_ACC2_SCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)

Accel 2 scaling factor (SIM_ACC2_SCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)

Accel 2 scaling factor (SIM_ACC2_SCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)

Accel 3 scaling factor (SIM_ACC3_SCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)

Accel 3 scaling factor (SIM_ACC3_SCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)

Accel 3 scaling factor (SIM_ACC3_SCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)

JSON master instance (SIM_JSON_MASTER)

the instance number to take servos from

SIM-on_hardware Output Enable Mask (SIM_OH_MASK)

channels which are passed through to actual hardware when running sim on actual hardware

First Gyro bias on X axis (SIM_GYR1_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First Gyro bias on X axis

First Gyro bias on Y axis (SIM_GYR1_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First Gyro bias on Y axis

First Gyro bias on Z axis (SIM_GYR1_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

First Gyro bias on Z axis

Second Gyro bias on X axis (SIM_GYR2_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second Gyro bias on X axis

Second Gyro bias on Y axis (SIM_GYR2_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second Gyro bias on Y axis

Second Gyro bias on Z axis (SIM_GYR2_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Second Gyro bias on Z axis

Third Gyro bias on X axis (SIM_GYR3_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third Gyro bias on X axis

Third Gyro bias on Y axis (SIM_GYR3_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third Gyro bias on Y axis

Third Gyro bias on Z axis (SIM_GYR3_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Third Gyro bias on Z axis

Accel 4 scaling factor (SIM_ACC4_SCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)

Accel 4 scaling factor (SIM_ACC4_SCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)

Accel 4 scaling factor (SIM_ACC4_SCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)

ACCEL4 Failure (SIM_ACCEL4_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated failure of ACCEL4

Gyro 4 scaling factor (SIM_GYR4_SCALE_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)

Gyro 4 scaling factor (SIM_GYR4_SCALE_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)

Gyro 4 scaling factor (SIM_GYR4_SCALE_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)

Accel 4 bias (SIM_ACC4_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)

Accel 4 bias (SIM_ACC4_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)

Accel 4 bias (SIM_ACC4_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)

Fourth Gyro bias on X axis (SIM_GYR4_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Fourth Gyro bias on X axis

Fourth Gyro bias on Y axis (SIM_GYR4_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Fourth Gyro bias on Y axis

Fourth Gyro bias on Z axis (SIM_GYR4_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Fourth Gyro bias on Z axis

Accel 4 scaling factor (SIM_ACC5_SCAL_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)

Accel 4 scaling factor (SIM_ACC5_SCAL_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)

Accel 4 scaling factor (SIM_ACC5_SCAL_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)

ACCEL5 Failure (SIM_ACCEL5_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated failure of ACCEL5

Gyro 5 scaling factor (SIM_GYR5_SCALE_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)

Gyro 5 scaling factor (SIM_GYR5_SCALE_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)

Gyro 5 scaling factor (SIM_GYR5_SCALE_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)

Accel 5 bias (SIM_ACC5_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)

Accel 5 bias (SIM_ACC5_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)

Accel 5 bias (SIM_ACC5_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)

Fifth Gyro bias on X axis (SIM_GYR5_BIAS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Fifth Gyro bias on X axis

Fifth Gyro bias on Y axis (SIM_GYR5_BIAS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Fifth Gyro bias on Y axis

Fifth Gyro bias on Z axis (SIM_GYR5_BIAS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Fifth Gyro bias on Z axis

SIM-on_hardware Relay Enable Mask (SIM_OH_RELAY_MSK)

Allow relay output operation when running SIM-on-hardware

SIM_ARSPD2_ Parameters

Airspeed sensor failure (SIM_ARSPD2_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulates Airspeed sensor 1 failure

Airspeed sensor failure pressure (SIM_ARSPD2_FAILP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated airspeed sensor failure pressure

Airspeed pitot tube failure pressure (SIM_ARSPD2_PITOT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated airspeed sensor pitot tube failure pressure

Airspeed signflip (SIM_ARSPD2_SIGN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated airspeed sensor with reversed pitot/static connections

Airspeed ratios (SIM_ARSPD2_RATIO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated airspeed sensor ratio

SIM_ARSPD_ Parameters

Airspeed sensor failure (SIM_ARSPD_FAIL)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulates Airspeed sensor 1 failure

Airspeed sensor failure pressure (SIM_ARSPD_FAILP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated airspeed sensor failure pressure

Airspeed pitot tube failure pressure (SIM_ARSPD_PITOT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated airspeed sensor pitot tube failure pressure

Airspeed signflip (SIM_ARSPD_SIGN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated airspeed sensor with reversed pitot/static connections

Airspeed ratios (SIM_ARSPD_RATIO)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Simulated airspeed sensor ratio

SIM_GRPE_ Parameters

Gripper servo Sim enable/disable (SIM_GRPE_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the gripper servo simulation

Gripper emp pin (SIM_GRPE_PIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The pin number that the gripper emp is connected to. (start at 1)

SIM_GRPS_ Parameters

Gripper servo Sim enable/disable (SIM_GRPS_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the gripper servo simulation

Gripper servo pin (SIM_GRPS_PIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The pin number that the gripper servo is connected to. (start at 1)

Gripper Grab PWM (SIM_GRPS_GRAB)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM value in microseconds sent to Gripper to initiate grabbing the cargo

Gripper Release PWM (SIM_GRPS_RELEASE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

PWM value in microseconds sent to Gripper to release the cargo

Gripper close direction (SIM_GRPS_REVERSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Reverse the closing direction.

SIM_PLD_ Parameters

Preland device Sim enable/disable (SIM_PLD_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the Preland simulation

Precland device center's latitude (SIM_PLD_LAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device center's latitude

Precland device center's longitude (SIM_PLD_LON)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device center's longitude

Precland device center's height above sealevel (SIM_PLD_HEIGHT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device center's height above sealevel assume a 2x2m square as station base

Precland device systems rotation from north (SIM_PLD_YAW)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device systems rotation from north

Precland device update rate (SIM_PLD_RATE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device rate. e.g led patter refresh rate, RF message rate, etc.

Precland device radiance type (SIM_PLD_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device radiance type: it can be a cylinder, a cone, or a sphere.

Precland device alt range (SIM_PLD_ALT_LIMIT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device maximum range altitude

Precland device lateral range (SIM_PLD_DIST_LIMIT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device maximum lateral range

Precland device orientation (SIM_PLD_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Precland device orientation vector

SIM_Precland extra options (SIM_PLD_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

SIM_Precland extra options

SIM_SPR_ Parameters

Sprayer Sim enable/disable (SIM_SPR_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the Sprayer simulation

Sprayer pump pin (SIM_SPR_PUMP)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The pin number that the Sprayer pump is connected to. (start at 1)

Sprayer spinner servo pin (SIM_SPR_SPIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The pin number that the Sprayer spinner servo is connected to. (start at 1)

SR0_ Parameters

Raw sensor stream rate (SR0_RAW_SENS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_PRESSURE, and SENSOR_OFFSETS to ground station

Extended status stream rate to ground station (SR0_EXT_STAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, MEMINFO, MISSION_CURRENT, GPS_RAW_INT, NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, and LIMITS_STATUS to ground station

RC Channel stream rate to ground station (SR0_RC_CHAN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS_RAW to ground station

Position stream rate to ground station (SR0_POSITION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT to ground station

Extra data type 1 stream rate to ground station (SR0_EXTRA1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of ATTITUDE and SIMSTATE (SITL only) to ground station

Extra data type 2 stream rate to ground station (SR0_EXTRA2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of VFR_HUD to ground station

Extra data type 3 stream rate to ground station (SR0_EXTRA3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of AHRS and SYSTEM_TIME to ground station

Parameter stream rate to ground station (SR0_PARAMS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE to ground station

SR1_ Parameters

Raw sensor stream rate (SR1_RAW_SENS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_PRESSURE, and SENSOR_OFFSETS to ground station

Extended status stream rate to ground station (SR1_EXT_STAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, MEMINFO, MISSION_CURRENT, GPS_RAW_INT, NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, and LIMITS_STATUS to ground station

RC Channel stream rate to ground station (SR1_RC_CHAN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS_RAW to ground station

Position stream rate to ground station (SR1_POSITION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT to ground station

Extra data type 1 stream rate to ground station (SR1_EXTRA1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of ATTITUDE and SIMSTATE (SITL only) to ground station

Extra data type 2 stream rate to ground station (SR1_EXTRA2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of VFR_HUD to ground station

Extra data type 3 stream rate to ground station (SR1_EXTRA3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of AHRS and SYSTEM_TIME to ground station

Parameter stream rate to ground station (SR1_PARAMS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE to ground station

SR2_ Parameters

Raw sensor stream rate (SR2_RAW_SENS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_PRESSURE, and SENSOR_OFFSETS to ground station

Extended status stream rate to ground station (SR2_EXT_STAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, MEMINFO, MISSION_CURRENT, GPS_RAW_INT, NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, and LIMITS_STATUS to ground station

RC Channel stream rate to ground station (SR2_RC_CHAN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS_RAW to ground station

Position stream rate to ground station (SR2_POSITION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT to ground station

Extra data type 1 stream rate to ground station (SR2_EXTRA1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of ATTITUDE and SIMSTATE (SITL only) to ground station

Extra data type 2 stream rate to ground station (SR2_EXTRA2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of VFR_HUD to ground station

Extra data type 3 stream rate to ground station (SR2_EXTRA3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of AHRS and SYSTEM_TIME to ground station

Parameter stream rate to ground station (SR2_PARAMS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE to ground station

SR3_ Parameters

Raw sensor stream rate (SR3_RAW_SENS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_PRESSURE, and SENSOR_OFFSETS to ground station

Extended status stream rate to ground station (SR3_EXT_STAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, MEMINFO, MISSION_CURRENT, GPS_RAW_INT, NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, and LIMITS_STATUS to ground station

RC Channel stream rate to ground station (SR3_RC_CHAN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS_RAW to ground station

Position stream rate to ground station (SR3_POSITION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT to ground station

Extra data type 1 stream rate to ground station (SR3_EXTRA1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of ATTITUDE and SIMSTATE (SITL only) to ground station

Extra data type 2 stream rate to ground station (SR3_EXTRA2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of VFR_HUD to ground station

Extra data type 3 stream rate to ground station (SR3_EXTRA3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of AHRS and SYSTEM_TIME to ground station

Parameter stream rate to ground station (SR3_PARAMS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE to ground station

SR4_ Parameters

Raw sensor stream rate (SR4_RAW_SENS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_PRESSURE, and SENSOR_OFFSETS to ground station

Extended status stream rate to ground station (SR4_EXT_STAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, MEMINFO, MISSION_CURRENT, GPS_RAW_INT, NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, and LIMITS_STATUS to ground station

RC Channel stream rate to ground station (SR4_RC_CHAN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS_RAW to ground station

Position stream rate to ground station (SR4_POSITION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT to ground station

Extra data type 1 stream rate to ground station (SR4_EXTRA1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of ATTITUDE and SIMSTATE (SITL only) to ground station

Extra data type 2 stream rate to ground station (SR4_EXTRA2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of VFR_HUD to ground station

Extra data type 3 stream rate to ground station (SR4_EXTRA3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of AHRS and SYSTEM_TIME to ground station

Parameter stream rate to ground station (SR4_PARAMS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE to ground station

SR5_ Parameters

Raw sensor stream rate (SR5_RAW_SENS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_PRESSURE, and SENSOR_OFFSETS to ground station

Extended status stream rate to ground station (SR5_EXT_STAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, MEMINFO, MISSION_CURRENT, GPS_RAW_INT, NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, and LIMITS_STATUS to ground station

RC Channel stream rate to ground station (SR5_RC_CHAN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS_RAW to ground station

Position stream rate to ground station (SR5_POSITION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT to ground station

Extra data type 1 stream rate to ground station (SR5_EXTRA1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of ATTITUDE and SIMSTATE (SITL only) to ground station

Extra data type 2 stream rate to ground station (SR5_EXTRA2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of VFR_HUD to ground station

Extra data type 3 stream rate to ground station (SR5_EXTRA3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of AHRS and SYSTEM_TIME to ground station

Parameter stream rate to ground station (SR5_PARAMS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE to ground station

SR6_ Parameters

Raw sensor stream rate (SR6_RAW_SENS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_PRESSURE, and SENSOR_OFFSETS to ground station

Extended status stream rate to ground station (SR6_EXT_STAT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, MEMINFO, MISSION_CURRENT, GPS_RAW_INT, NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, and LIMITS_STATUS to ground station

RC Channel stream rate to ground station (SR6_RC_CHAN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS_RAW to ground station

Position stream rate to ground station (SR6_POSITION)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT to ground station

Extra data type 1 stream rate to ground station (SR6_EXTRA1)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of ATTITUDE and SIMSTATE (SITL only) to ground station

Extra data type 2 stream rate to ground station (SR6_EXTRA2)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of VFR_HUD to ground station

Extra data type 3 stream rate to ground station (SR6_EXTRA3)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of AHRS and SYSTEM_TIME to ground station

Parameter stream rate to ground station (SR6_PARAMS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE to ground station

STAT Parameters

Boot Count (STAT_BOOTCNT)

Number of times board has been booted

Total FlightTime (STAT_FLTTIME)

Total FlightTime (seconds)

Total RunTime (STAT_RUNTIME)

Total time autopilot has run

Statistics Reset Time (STAT_RESET)

Seconds since January 1st 2016 (Unix epoch+1451606400) since statistics reset (set to 0 to reset statistics)

TEMP Parameters

Logging (TEMP_LOG)

Enables temperature sensor logging

TEMP1_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP1_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP1_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP1_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP1_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP1_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP1_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP1_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP1_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP1_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP1_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP1_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TEMP2_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP2_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP2_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP2_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP2_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP2_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP2_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP2_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP2_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP2_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP2_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP2_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TEMP3_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP3_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP3_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP3_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP3_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP3_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP3_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP3_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP3_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP3_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP3_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP3_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TEMP4_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP4_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP4_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP4_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP4_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP4_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP4_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP4_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP4_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP4_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP4_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP4_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TEMP5_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP5_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP5_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP5_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP5_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP5_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP5_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP5_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP5_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP5_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP5_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP5_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TEMP6_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP6_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP6_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP6_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP6_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP6_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP6_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP6_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP6_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP6_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP6_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP6_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TEMP7_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP7_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP7_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP7_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP7_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP7_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP7_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP7_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP7_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP7_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP7_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP7_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TEMP8_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP8_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP8_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP8_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP8_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP8_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP8_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP8_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP8_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP8_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP8_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP8_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TEMP9_ Parameters

Temperature Sensor Type (TEMP9_TYPE)

Enables temperature sensors

Temperature sensor bus (TEMP9_BUS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses

Temperature sensor address (TEMP9_ADDR)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address

Sensor Source (TEMP9_SRC)

Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.

Sensor Source Identification (TEMP9_SRC_ID)

Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.

Temperature sensor analog voltage sensing pin (TEMP9_PIN)

Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring.

Temperature sensor analog 0th polynomial coefficient (TEMP9_A0)

a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 1st polynomial coefficient (TEMP9_A1)

a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 2nd polynomial coefficient (TEMP9_A2)

a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 3rd polynomial coefficient (TEMP9_A3)

a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

Temperature sensor analog 4th polynomial coefficient (TEMP9_A4)

a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4

TERRAIN_ Parameters

Terrain data enable (TERRAIN_ENABLE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

enable terrain data. This enables the vehicle storing a database of terrain data on the SD card. The terrain data is requested from the ground station as needed, and stored for later use on the SD card. To be useful the ground station must support TERRAIN_REQUEST messages and have access to a terrain database, such as the SRTM database.

Terrain grid spacing (TERRAIN_SPACING)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Distance between terrain grid points in meters. This controls the horizontal resolution of the terrain data that is stored on te SD card and requested from the ground station. If your GCS is using the ArduPilot SRTM database like Mission Planner or MAVProxy, then a resolution of 100 meters is appropriate. Grid spacings lower than 100 meters waste SD card space if the GCS cannot provide that resolution. The grid spacing also controls how much data is kept in memory during flight. A larger grid spacing will allow for a larger amount of data in memory. A grid spacing of 100 meters results in the vehicle keeping 12 grid squares in memory with each grid square having a size of 2.7 kilometers by 3.2 kilometers. Any additional grid squares are stored on the SD once they are fetched from the GCS and will be loaded as needed.

Terrain options (TERRAIN_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Options to change behaviour of terrain system

Acceptance margin (TERRAIN_MARGIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Margin in centi-meters to accept terrain data from the GCS. This can be used to allow older terrain data generated with less accurate latitude/longitude scaling to be used

Terrain reference offset maximum (TERRAIN_OFS_MAX)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

The maximum adjustment of terrain altitude based on the assumption that the vehicle is on the ground when it is armed. When the vehicle is armed the location of the vehicle is recorded, and when terrain data is available for that location a height adjustment for terrain data is calculated that aligns the terrain height at that location with the altitude recorded at arming. This height adjustment is applied to all terrain data. This parameter clamps the amount of adjustment. A value of zero disables the use of terrain height adjustment.

VISO Parameters

Visual odometry camera connection type (VISO_TYPE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Visual odometry camera connection type

Visual odometry camera X position offset (VISO_POS_X)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

X position of the camera in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin.

Visual odometry camera Y position offset (VISO_POS_Y)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Y position of the camera in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin.

Visual odometry camera Z position offset (VISO_POS_Z)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Z position of the camera in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin.

Visual odometery camera orientation (VISO_ORIENT)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Visual odometery camera orientation

Visual odometry scaling factor (VISO_SCALE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Visual odometry scaling factor applied to position estimates from sensor

Visual odometry sensor delay (VISO_DELAY_MS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Visual odometry sensor delay relative to inertial measurements

Visual odometry velocity measurement noise (VISO_VEL_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Visual odometry velocity measurement noise in m/s

Visual odometry position measurement noise (VISO_POS_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Visual odometry position measurement noise minimum (meters). This value will be used if the sensor provides a lower noise value (or no noise value)

Visual odometry yaw measurement noise (VISO_YAW_M_NSE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Visual odometry yaw measurement noise minimum (radians), This value will be used if the sensor provides a lower noise value (or no noise value)

VTX_ Parameters

Is the Video Transmitter enabled or not (VTX_ENABLE)

Toggles the Video Transmitter on and off

Video Transmitter Power Level (VTX_POWER)

Video Transmitter Power Level. Different VTXs support different power levels, the power level chosen will be rounded down to the nearest supported power level

Video Transmitter Channel (VTX_CHANNEL)

Video Transmitter Channel

Video Transmitter Band (VTX_BAND)

Video Transmitter Band

Video Transmitter Frequency (VTX_FREQ)

Video Transmitter Frequency. The frequency is derived from the setting of BAND and CHANNEL

Video Transmitter Options (VTX_OPTIONS)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Video Transmitter Options. Pitmode puts the VTX in a low power state. Unlocked enables certain restricted frequencies and power levels. Do not enable the Unlocked option unless you have appropriate permissions in your jurisdiction to transmit at high power levels. One stop-bit may be required for VTXs that erroneously mimic iNav behaviour.

Video Transmitter Max Power Level (VTX_MAX_POWER)

Video Transmitter Maximum Power Level. Different VTXs support different power levels, this prevents the power aux switch from requesting too high a power level. The switch supports 6 power levels and the selected power will be a subdivision between 0 and this setting.

WPNAV_ Parameters

Waypoint Horizontal Speed Target (WPNAV_SPEED)

Defines the speed in cm/s which the aircraft will attempt to maintain horizontally during a WP mission

Waypoint Radius (WPNAV_RADIUS)

Defines the distance from a waypoint, that when crossed indicates the wp has been hit.

Waypoint Climb Speed Target (WPNAV_SPEED_UP)

Defines the speed in cm/s which the aircraft will attempt to maintain while climbing during a WP mission

Waypoint Descent Speed Target (WPNAV_SPEED_DN)

Defines the speed in cm/s which the aircraft will attempt to maintain while descending during a WP mission

Waypoint Acceleration (WPNAV_ACCEL)

Defines the horizontal acceleration in cm/s/s used during missions

Waypoint Vertical Acceleration (WPNAV_ACCEL_Z)

Defines the vertical acceleration in cm/s/s used during missions

Waypoint missions use rangefinder for terrain following (WPNAV_RFND_USE)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

This controls if waypoint missions use rangefinder for terrain following

Waypoint Jerk (WPNAV_JERK)

Defines the horizontal jerk in m/s/s used during missions

Waypoint Terrain following altitude margin (WPNAV_TER_MARGIN)

Note: This parameter is for advanced users

Waypoint Terrain following altitude margin. Vehicle will stop if distance from target altitude is larger than this margin (in meters)

Waypoint Cornering Acceleration (WPNAV_ACCEL_C)

Defines the maximum cornering acceleration in cm/s/s used during missions. If zero uses 2x accel value.